Skip to main content

Full text of "School of Dentistry Catalog 1996-1998"

See other formats


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

AT   BALTIMORE 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 
Dental  School 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
666  West  Baltimore  Street 
Baltimore,  MD  21201 


The  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  is  accredited  by  the  Middle  States  Association 
of  Colleges  and  Schools.  The  Dental  School  Predoctoral,  Postdoctoral  and  Dental 
Hygiene  programs  are  accredited  by  the  American  Dental  Association,  Commission  on 
Dental  A  ccreditation. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 

Dental  School 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 


"Within  these  stones  and  bricks,  healing  is  to  be  administered,  and  no  less 
important,  human  relationships  developed  between  teachers  and  students  and 
between  students  and  patients.  If  ever  patients  arc  regarded  as  clinical  material, 

tins  building  will  have  been  degraded  and  its  use  corrupted.  We  must  never 

fbrgei  thai  the  word  patient  comes  from  the  Latin  root  which  means  to  suffer. 

Clinical  material  does  not  suffer.  Human  beings  do. 


From  the  dddress  of  Dr.  Louis  L.  Kaplan 
Chairman  Emeritus  of  the  Board  of  Regents 
University  of  Maryland 
Dedication  of Hay  den-  Harris  Hall 
March  5,  1971 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://archive.org/details/dentistr98unse 


Contents 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Philosophy ^ 

["he  School    5 

1  Ik-  c  lampus <S 

PheCiiy 11 

THE  DENTAL  PROGRAM 

Application/Admission    13 

Academic  Policies  and  Programs  ...  17 

Requirements  tor  Graduation   20 

Employment  Opportunities  in 

Dentistry   21 

The  Dental  Curriculum 21 

Departments/Programs   22 

DENTAL  HYGIENE  PROGRAMS 

General  Information    36 

Preprofessional/Professional 

Baccalaureate  Program 37 

Two-  and  Three-Year  Professional 

Curricula    38 

Degree  Completion  Baccalaureate 

Program 43 

ADVANCED  EDUCATION 
PROGRAMS 

Application/Admission    47 

Specialty  Programs 48 

General  Dentistry  Programs    65 

Graduate  Programs    71 

Continuing  Dental  Education 78 


STUDENT  LIFE 

Student  Services 80 

Student  Policies  84 

Publications^  )rganizations/ 

Awards  87 

MATRICULATION  POLICIES 
AND  PROCEDURES 

Registration  Procedures 92 

Determination  of  In-State  Status  ...  92 

1  uition  and  Fees    93 

Student  Expenses 97 

Official  University  Records 97 

Student  Health  Requirements 98 

FINANCIAL  AID 

University  Grants 1 00 

Endowment  and  Loan  Funds    ....  100 

ADMINISTRATION  AND 
FACULTY 

Dental  School 104 

University  of  Maryland  at 

Baltimore 121 

University  of  Maryland  System   ...  121 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 122 

POLICY  STATEMENTS 123 

MAPS 134 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 135 


Contents 


General  Information 


PHILOSOPHY 


Since  its  origin  .is  a  professional  discipline  with  the  founding  ol  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  in  1840,  dentistry  has  exhibited  .1  commitment  to 
innovation.  With  continual  refinement  in  clinical  procedures  and  an  improved 
understanding  ol  human  biology,  the  profession  has  been  able  to  improve  and 
expand  us  delivery  of  services.  Populations  previously  underserved — the  handi- 
capped, medically  compromised,  hospitalized — not  only  are  being  treated  but 
also  are  benefitting,  as  is  the  general  population,  from  improved  materials  and 
technology. 

The  Dental  Schools  programs  focus  on  the  three  basic  aims  of  the  academic 
community — teaching,  research  and  service.  As  a  university  discipline,  dental  edu- 
cation must  meet  and  surpass  its  previous  accomplishments  to  ensure  the  continued 
advancement  of  dentistry.  While  the  process  of  education  must  remain  anchored 
firmly  to  time-tested  principles,  it  must  also  continually  extend  itself  in  discover- 
ing new  knowledge  and  applications,  and  their  use  for  better  oral  health  care. 


THE  SCHOOL 


HISTORY 


The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland 
at  Baltimore  has  the  distinction  of  being  the  first  dental  college  in  the  world.  For- 
mal education  to  prepare  students  for  the  practice  of  dentistry  originated  in  1840 
with  the  establishment  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery.  The  chartering 
of  the  school  by  the  General  Assembly  of  Maryland  on  February  1,  1840  repre- 
sented the  culmination  of  the  efforts  of  Dr.  Horace  H.  Hayden  and  Dr.  Chapin  A. 
Harris,  two  physicians  who  recognized  the  need  for  systematic  formal  education  as 
the  foundation  for  a  scientific  and  serviceable  dental  profession.  Together  they 
played  major  roles  in  establishing  and  promoting  formal  dental  education,  and  in 
the  development  of  dentistry  as  a  profession. 

Convinced  that  support  for  a  formal  course  in  dental  education  would  not  come 
from  medical  school  faculty,  Dr.  Hayden  undertook  the  establishment  of  an  inde- 
pendent dental  college.  Dr.  Harris,  an  energetic  and  ambitious  young  man  who  had 
come  to  Baltimore  in  1830  to  study  under  Dr.  Hayden,  joined  his  mentor  in  the 
effort  to  found  the  college. 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  soon  became  a  model  for  other  schools 
appearing  throughout  American  cities.  This  was  done  in  no  small  part  to  the 

General  Information  5 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery's  emphasis  on  sound  knowledge  of  general 
medicine  and  development  of  the  skills  of  dentistry.  Through  its  contributions  to 
dental  and  medical  progress  and  through  the  prominent  role  of  its  faculty  and  grad- 
uates in  the  development  of  the  profession,  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery  has  exerted  a  remarkable  influence  on  professional  dentistry. 

The  present  dental  school  evolved  through  a  series  of  consolidations  involving 
the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  founded  in  1840;  Maryland  Dental  Col- 
lege, founded  in  1873;  the  Dental  Department  of  the  University  of  Maryland, 
founded  in  1882;  and  the  Dental  Department  of  the  Baltimore  Medical  College, 
founded  in  1895.  The  final  consolidation  took  place  in  1923,  when  the  Baltimore 
College  of  Dental  Surgery  and  the  Dental  Department  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  were  combined  to  create  a  distinct  college  of  the  university  under  state 
supervision  and  control.  In  1970,  the  Dental  School  moved  into  Hayden-Harris 
Hall,  then  a  new  five-story  building  with  modern  equipment  and  treatment  facili- 
ties. In  1990,  the  school's  clinical  facilities  were  renovated  to  provide  a  state-of-the- 
art  environment  for  teaching  and  delivery  of  care. 


PROGRAMS  OF  STUDY 

The  Dental  School  today  strives  to  offer  the  finest  programs  of  dental  education  in 
the  world.  Continuing  efforts  are  made  to  provide  educational  and  training  expe- 
riences consistent  with  evolving  concepts  and  advances  in  the  delivery  of  dental 
health  care. 

In  addition  to  the  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  (D.D.S.)  program,  the  school  offers 
a  baccalaureate  program  in  dental  hygiene  designed  to  prepare  students  for  careers 
in  dental  hygiene  practice,  education,  management  and  research  in  private  and 
public  settings.  Programs  leading  to  a  graduate  degree  in  oral  and  craniofacial  bio- 
logical sciences  or  oral  pathology  are  also  available,  including  combined 
D.D.S. /Ph.D.  programs.  Graduate  programs  are  designed  to  prepare  students  for 
careers  in  academic  dentistry  or  to  supplement  clinical  training  with  knowledge  of 
research  methods.  Research  opportunities  also  may  be  made  available  to  dental 
students. 

Advanced  dental  education  programs  are  offered  in  the  specialty  areas  of 
endodontics,  oral-maxillofacial  surgery,  orthodontics,  pediatric  dentistry,  peri- 
odontics and  prosthodontics.  Also  offered  are  a  school-based  residency  program  in 
advanced  general  dentistry  providing  advanced  level  training  in  the  practice  of 
comprehensive  general  dentistry  and  a  hospital-based  general  practice  residency 
program  through  the  Dental  School  and  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical 
System. 

Continuing  Education  programming  is  developed  by  academic  departments  to 
meet  the  needs  of  health  care  professionals  for  refining  diagnostic  skills  and  updat- 
ing knowledge  in  technical  and  scientific  areas  or  practice.  In  1983,  the  Dental 
School  opened  the  Center  for  the  Study  of  Human  Performance  in  Dentistry,  a 
unique  educational,  research  and  treatment  complex  which  provides  students  and 
faculty  diverse  opportunities  for  the  study,  utilization  and  evaluation  of  advanced 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


concepts  of  dental  education  and  care  delivery,  with  .1  primar)  focus  on  human  pei 
fbrmance.  Because  ol  its  potential  as  .1  model  fbi  universal  application  to  the  train 
ing  ol  dental  personnel,  the  World  I  lealth  1 )rganization  (Wl  U  h  has  designated 
the  Dental  School  a  Collaborating  (  entei  fbi  the  re\  iew  and  evaluation  <»t  perfbi 
mance  simulation  training  systems  in  oral  health  ( are. 

[*he  Baltimore  College  <>t  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  ol 
Maryland  at  Baltimore  continues  to  fulfill,  through  its  graduates,  the  aspirations  ol 
its  founders  to  provide  scientifically  trained  professionals  t»>  serve  the  oral  health 
cue  needs  of  society. 


STUDENT  BODY 

Three  hundred  ninety-one  students  were  enrolled  in  the  dental  program  m  the 
1 l)1)^  96  academic  year.  Of  these,  46  percent  were  female;  35  percent  were  minor- 
ity. The  first-year  class  represented  a  variety  of  undergraduate  institutions  across 
the  country.  Students  enrolled  averaged  25  years  of  age,  had  a  mean  science  grade 
point  average  of  3.06  and  a  mean  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3. 1 8.  The  fac- 
ulty presently  numbers  over  200  persons,  including  practitioners  who  teach  at  the 
school  part-time. 


THE  DR.  SAMUEL  D.  HARRIS  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 

OF  DENTISTRY 

The  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  established  as  the  world's  first  school  of 
dentistry,  has  kept  history  alive  with  its  own  museum  dating  from  the  school's 
founding  in  1 840.  Because  of  the  city's  historic  connections  to  dentistry,  Baltimore 
was  selected  by  the  American  Academy  of  the  History  of  Dentistry  as  the  site  for 
the  National  Museum  of  Dentistry.  The  project  was  endorsed  by  the  American 
Dental  Association  and  supported  in  part  by  a  $  1  million  gift  from  retired  pediatric 
dentist  Dr.  Samuel  D.  Harris  of  Detroit,  for  whom  the  independent  museum  is 
named.  Following  the  completion  of  a  national  fund-raising  campaign,  in  June 
1996,  the  enlarged  museum  moved  into  its  newly  renovated  building,  originally 
constructed  in  1904  as  the  home  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Dental  Depart- 
ment. 

Among  the  many  intriguing  artifacts  included  in  the  museum's  collection  are 
George  Washington's  lower  denture  and  the  instruments  used  to  treat  Queen 
Victoria.  Museum  visitors  experience  the  days  of  itinerant  dentists  on  the  frontier, 
learn  the  history  of  the  manufacture  of  toothbrushes,  and  view  the  largest  existing 
collection  of  posters  related  to  dentistry.  Dental  professionals,  historians,  and  the 
public  alike  are  fascinated  by  the  extensive  collection  of  early  dental  instruments 
and  equipment  documenting  the  history  of  dental  treatment.  The  museum  also 
contains  an  important  display  of  chairs  and  cabinets  tracing  the  evolution  of  the 
dental  office. 


General  Information 


The  new  museum,  easily  accessible  to  tourists  visiting  Baltimore's  Inner 
Harbor,  is  designed  with  lively  displays  to  appeal  to  people  of  all  ages.  At  the 
National  Museum  of  Dentistry,  visitors  can  learn  about  the  history  of  oral  health 
and  preventive  care,  scholars  can  study  the  evolution  of  dentistry,  and  dentists  can 
take  pride  in  their  profession  and  its  accomplishments.  For  further  information 
about  the  museum,  call  (410)  706-0600. 


SPECIAL  LECTURES 


The  Stephen  E.  and  Jeffrey  A.  Kleiman  Lectures  in 
Dentistry  and  Medicine 

As  a  tribute  to  the  selection  of  careers  in  the  health  professions  by  his  sons,  Dr. 
Bernard  S.  Kleiman  established  this  annual  lecture  program  to  alternate  between 
the  University  of  Maryland  Dental  School  and  the  School  of  Medicine.  Distin- 
guished individuals  are  invited  to  lecture  on  topics  pertinent  and  applicable  to  prac- 
ticing dentists  or  physicians.  The  Kleiman  Lecture  alternates  with  the  Toomey 
Lecture  as  part  of  Student-Faculty  Day  activities. 

The  William  B.  and  Elizabeth  S.  Powell  Lecture 

In  1965  two  faithful  alumni,  Drs.  William  B.  and  Elizabeth  S.  Powell,  presented 
the  school  with  a  generous  contribution  for  the  purpose  of  instituting  special  lec- 
tures for  the  benefit  of  the  student  body  and  faculty.  The  first  lecture  in  the  series 
was  presented  in  April  1966.  This  lectureship  was  endowed  by  the  Powells  as  a 
means  of  continuing  to  enrich  the  total  academic  program. 

The  Jane  Boswell  Toomey  and  Lewis  Cole  Toomey,  D.D.S. 
Memorial  Lecture 

Endowed  in  1982  by  a  major  gift  from  the  Toomey  family,  together  with  contri- 
butions by  friends  and  associates  of  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Toomey,  this  biennial  lecture  was 
initiated  during  the  1985-86  academic  year.  The  Toomey  Lecture  provides  a 
forum  for  distinguished  individuals  to  speak  on  timely  dental  research  and  clinical 
topics  useful  to  dental  professionals  in  practice  and  teaching.  The  lectures  are  open 
to  all  members  of  the  dental  community. 

In  addition  to  these  annual  lectures,  there  are  three  special  lectures  which  are 
presented  on  a  rotating  basis  once  every  three  years  as  part  of  the  Commence- 
ment/Alumni Week  activities:  The  John  E.  Fogarty  Memorial  Lecture,  sponsored 
by  the  Rhode  Island  Section  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  Alumni 
Association;  The  Hayden-Harris  Memorial  Lecture,  sponsored  by  the  Alumni 
Association;  and  The  J.  Ben  Robinson  Memorial  Lecture,  sponsored  by  the 
Maryland  Section  of  the  American  College  of  Dentists. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


THE  CAMPUS 


The  Denial  School  is  an  integral  pan  of  tins  campus  roi  the  professions.  I  ocaced 
on  22  acres  in  dov  mown  Baltimore,  die  campus  began  in  1807  with  the  founding 
oi  the  School  oi  Medicine.  Hie  Baltimore  College  ol  Dental  Surger)  joined  the 
campus  in  1840,  and  today  these  two  schools  share  the  campus  with  the  schools 
of  law,  nursing,  pharmaq  and  social  work.  An  interprofessional  graduate  school, 
the  University  ol  Maryland  Medical  System,  and  the  Baltimore  Veterans  Affairs 
Medical  (enter  also  share  the  campus.  The  university  educates  a  majority  oi  the 
region's  health  care,  legal  and  social  service  practitioners. 

New  partnerships  among  university  components  and  with  the  University  ol 
Maryland  Medical  Center  and  Veterans  Allans  Medical  ( 'enter  arc  strengthening 
interdisciplinary  endeavors  in  both  research  and  teaching.  The  campus  loc.it ion 
within  the  Baltimore-Washington-Annapolis  triangle  maximizes  opportunities  lor 
collaboration  with  government  agencies,  health  care  institutions  and  life  sciences 
industries. 


COMPUTING  FACILITIES 


Information  Services  (IS) 

UMAB  provides  central  computing  services  to  faculty,  students  and  staff  of  the 
campus.  Support  for  e-mail,  faculty  research  and  student  training  is  provided  by 
the  Academic  Computing  Unit.  This  unit  provides  technical  support  to  the  user 
community  via  the  following  platforms:  an  IBM  4381  (soon  to  be  replaced  by  a 
Sun  Sparc  Server),  and  Macintosh,  DOS  and  Windows  machines  in  a  centrally 
located  user  area.  Additional  computing  laboratories  are  located  in  the  Health 
Sciences  Library  as  well  as  all  the  schools  at  UMAB.  These  labs  are  used  for  instruc- 
tion, independent  study  purposes,  faculty  in-service  and  student  class  projects. 

Administrative  computing  supplies  systems  design  and  programming  support 
to  central  and  school-based  administrative  staff.  This  includes  supporting  the  cam- 
pus in  its  use  of  the  financial  accounting  and  student  records  systems  and  a  host  of 
other  applications  from  telephone  billing  to  personnel  application  tracking.  In 
addition,  administrative  computing  provides  project  development  services, 
designed  to  make  effective  use  of  the  centrally  supported  Hewlett  Packard  mini- 
computer and  enterprise  server(s). 

Operations  and  technical  services  supports  the  day-to-day  function  of  the  cen- 
tral campus  computing  and  communication  resources.  This  includes  the  opera- 
tional support  of  the  central  computers,  operating  systems  support  for  all  academic, 
administrative  and  communication  platforms,  and  support  of  the  campus  data  and 
voice  network.  The  hardware  platforms  supported  are:  Hewlett  Packard,  IBM 
VMS,  IBM  AIX,  SUN  Solaris,  Novell  and  DEC. 


General  Information 


The  Health  Sciences  Library 

Distinguished  as  the  first  library  in  the  United  States  established  by  a  medical 
school,  the  Health  Sciences  Library  is  a  recognized  leader  in  state-of-the  art  infor- 
mation technology.  It  is  the  regional  medical  library  for  10  southeastern  states,  the 
District  of  Columbia,  Puerto  Rico  and  the  Virgin  Islands,  as  part  of  the  biomed- 
ical information  network  of  the  National  Library  of  Medicine. 

Serving  all  schools  on  campus  and  UMMS,  the  library  contains  more  than 
300,000  volumes,  including  2,900  current  journal  titles,  and  is  ranked  in  size 
among  the  top  25  health  sciences  libraries  in  the  country. 

The  library's  online  catalog  allows  you  to  look  for  materials  by  title,  author,  sub- 
ject, keyword,  call  number,  series,  meeting  and  organization  name.  In  addition  to 
giving  information  on  library  holdings,  the  system  indicates  whether  the  material 
has  been  checked  out  of  the  library.  The  online  catalog  can  be  accessed  from  any 
computer  on  the  UMAB  campus  that  is  linked  to  the  campus  network,  or  from  any 
computer  with  modem  access. 

The  library  supports  several  computerized  search  services: 

MaryMed  Plus — User-friendly  access  to  the  full  Medline  database.  It  is  avail- 
able for  use  in  the  library,  through  dial-in  or  over  the  campus  network.  Free  pass- 
words are  available  for  students. 

HSL  Current  Contents — recent  citations  from  sections  of  the  print  Current 
Contents  publications  (Life  Sciences,  Clinical  Medicine  and  Social  and  Behavioral 
Sciences). 

Micromedex  CCIS — The  Current  Clinical  Information  Service  provides  full- 
text  drug  and  clinical  care  information.  This  database  is  available  in  the  Health 
Sciences  Library  and  through  dial-in  or  network  access  across  the  campus. 

CD-ROM  LAN — Available  in  the  Health  Sciences  Library  and  through  the 
campus  Novell  network,  the  LAN  contains  the  following  databases:  IPA  (Interna- 
tional Pharmaceutical  Abstracts),  Bioethicsline,  HAPI  (Health  and  Psychosocial 
Instruments),  PsycLIT  (database  of  psychological  literature  from  the  last  17  years), 
CINAHL  (Cumulative  Index  to  Nursing  and  Allied  Health  Literature),  SWAB 
(social  work  abstracts),  Microcat  (Maryland  Union  List  of  book/journal  materials), 
Computer  Select  (information,  including  full  text  of  articles,  concerning  comput- 
ers), VICTOR  (University  of  Maryland  online  catalog),  and  Books  in  Print. 

Mediated  Searching  Service — Working  with  users,  database  searches  are  con- 
ducted by  trained  information  specialists  who  have  access  to  over  200  databases. 

An  information  specialist  can  help  you  determine  which  services  best  meet  your 
needs.  A  consultation  service  is  also  available  to  help  with  research  projects. 
Throughout  the  year,  a  series  of  seminars  are  offered  to  acquaint  students,  faculty 
and  staff  with  databases,  services,  and  information  access  and  management  possi- 
bilities. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


THE  CITY 


In  addition  to  professional  opportunities,  the  t it)  ol  Baltimore,  l  >th  largest  in  the 
nation,  offers  a  stimulating  environment  in  which  to  h\».-  and  study.  I  laving  been 
the  location  ol  significant  events  in  the  nation's  history,  including  the  writii 
the  national  anthem,  the  city  maintains  a  strong  feeling  (<>i  the  past  .is  typified  by 
charming  neighborhoods  ol  restored  houses  and  an  abundance  ol  historic  build 
ings.  Baltimore  combines  the  sophistication  ol  a  large  metropolitan  city  with  easy 
accessibilit)  to  surrounding  mountains,  beaches  and  rural  areas. 

Several  blocks  from  campus  is  the  nationally  acclaimed  Innei  Harboi  area, 
where  Harborplace,  the  National  Aquarium,  the  Maryland  Science  Center  and 
office  buildings  share  an  attractive  waterfront  with  sailboats,  hotels,  restaurants  and 
renovated  tovi nhouses.  Connecting  the  downtown  area  to  the  outskirts  ol  the  city 
is  the  Baltimore  Metro  subway  system,  the  first  leg  of  an  anticipated  citywide  sub- 
way system,  and  a  light  rail  system. 

As  a  cultural  center,  Baltimore  has  offerings  to  please  the  most  discriminating, 
including  a  world-class  symphony  orchestra,  fine  museums,  libraries  and  profes- 
sional theater  groups.  For  sports  fins,  Baltimore  features  a  new  baseball  stadium 
within  walking  distance  of  the  campus,  as  well  as  professional  soccer,  NFL  football, 
collegiate  and  club  lacrosse  and  the  nationally  acclaimed  Preakness.  Nearby,  the 
Chesapeake  Bay  offers  unparalleled  water  sports  and  the  seafood  for  which  the 
region  is  famous. 


General  information 


t 


The  Dental  Program 


APPLICATION/ADMISSION 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION  TO  THE  DENTAL 
PROGRAM 

The  Dental  School  seeks  to  enroll  the  highest  caliber  of  students  who  will  become 
exemplary  health  care  professionals.  Quality  is  the  preeminent  criterion  in  the 
recruitment  and  admissions  process.  The  Dental  School  has  established  admission 
criteria  which  permit  flexibility  in  the  choice  of  an  undergraduate  program  while 
remaining  discriminative  with  regard  to  scholastic  achievement.  Students  who  are 
majoring  in  either  science  or  non-science  disciplines  are  encouraged  to  apply.  In 
addition,  those  individuals  who  are  interested  in  changing  their  careers  will  be  seri- 
ously considered  in  the  admissions  process,  the  goal  of  which  is  to  identify  appli- 
cants who  possess  the  ability  to  think  critically  and  who  have  demonstrated 
independence  and  self-direction. 

While  the  Committee  on  Dental  Recruitment  and  Admissions  strongly  encour- 
ages applicants  to  earn  a  bachelor's  degree  prior  to  dental  school  matriculation, 
applicants  who  have  successfully  completed  at  least  three  academic  years  (90  credit 
hours)  in  an  accredited  university  will  be  considered.  The  undergraduate  curricu- 
lum must  include,  at  a  minimum,  eight  semester  hours  each  of  general  biology, 
inorganic  chemistry,  organic  chemistry  and  physics,  including  laboratories.  Appli- 
cants are  expected  to  achieve  superior  grades  in  these  prerequisite  courses,  for  these 
courses  best  predict  performance  in  the  biological  sciences  of  the  dental 
curriculum. 

Non-science  as  well  as  science  majors  are  encouraged  to  apply.  Applicants 
should  be  able  to  show  evidence  that  they  have  undertaken  a  challenging  program 
in  their  respective  disciplines,  supplemented  by  a  broad  selection  of  courses  in  the 
social  sciences,  humanities  and  arts.  Experience  in  the  development  of  fine  manual 
dexterity  is  strongly  recommended.  Applicants  are  expected  to  have  knowledge  of 
the  nature  of  the  profession  acquired  through  observation  of  dental  practice  and  by 
reading  appropriate  literature.  The  office  of  admissions  and  student  affairs  reserves 
the  right  to  modify  the  prerequisites  when  additional  courses  are  necessary  to 
improve  an  applicant's  preparation  for  dental  school. 

No  more  than  60  of  the  minimum  required  credits  will  be  accepted  from  a 
junior  college;  these  credits  must  have  been  validated  by  an  accredited  college  of 
arts  and  sciences.  All  admission  requirements  must  be  completed  by  June  30  prior 
to  the  desired  date  of  admission.  Applicants  must  also  present  favorable  recom- 
mendations from  their  respective  predental  committee  or,  if  no  such  committee  is 
available,  from  one  instructor  each  in  the  departments  of  biology  and  chemistry.  In 

The  Dental  Program  1 3 


all  other  respects,  applicants  must  give  every  promise  of  becoming  successful  stu- 
dents and  dentists  of  high  standing.  Applicants  will  not  be  admitted  with  unab- 
solved conditions  or  unabsolved  failures. 

A  strong  record  of  academic  achievement  is  essential.  The  admission  decision 
will  be  based  upon  performance  in  previous  academic  programs,  the  quality  of 
those  programs,  and  personal  factors,  as  evidenced  by  letters  of  recommendation, 
extracurricular  activities  and  a  personal  interview.  All  applicants  should  present  sci- 
ence and  cumulative  grade  point  averages  (GPA)  and  Dental  Admissions  Test 
(DAT)  scores  which  exceed  the  national  averages. 

All  applicants  are  encouraged  to  take  the  Dental  Admissions  Test  (DAT)  no 
later  than  October  of  the  year  prior  to  admission.  A  pamphlet  describing  the  test 
and  an  application  to  take  the  test  will  be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request  to  the 
Dental  School's  office  of  admissions  and  student  affairs.  The  pamphlet  lists  the 
dates  of  the  tests  (given  in  April  and  October)  and  the  location  of  testing  centers 
throughout  the  United  States,  its  possessions  and  Canada.  The  DAT  will  be  used 
as  an  adjunct  to  the  applicant's  educational  credentials  to  assess  potential 
admissibility. 

Prior  to  applying  to  the  Dental  School,  potential  applicants  should  note  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  policy  concerning  prevention  and  manage- 
ment of  student  and  employee  infection  with  bloodborne  pathogens,  page  124.  In 
addition,  while  the  admissions  process  does  not  include  questions  concerning  any 
prior  criminal  activity,  individuals  who  may  have  had  a  prior  or  subsequent  con- 
viction or  nolo  contendre  plea  for  a  felony  may  encounter  denial  or  removal  of 
licensure. 


RESIDENCY 

Information  on  the  regulations  for  the  determination  of  resident  status  may  be 
obtained  from  the  office  of  records  and  registration,  621  West  Lombard  Street, 
Room  326,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 


APPLICATION  AND  ACCEPTANCE  PROCEDURES 

Students  are  admitted  only  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester  in  August.  With 
the  exception  of  advanced  standing  and  transfer  applications,  all  applications  are 
processed  through  the  American  Association  of  Dental  Schools  Application  Service 
(AADSAS).  An  AADSAS  application  request  card  is  available  to  applicants  after 
June  1  of  the  year  prior  to  the  desired  date  of  admission  upon  request  to  the  office 
of  admissions  and  student  affairs  of  the  Dental  School.  The  AADSAS  application 
must  be  filed  by  all  applicants  prior  to  February  1 5;  early  filing  of  the  application 
is  strongly  recommended.  AADSAS  will  duplicate  the  transcript,  calculate  the 
grade  point  average  for  each  applicant,  and  furnish  pertinent  information  to  the 
Dental  School. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


It  the  requirements  foi  admission  are  luliillcd  and  preliminar)  admission  crite 
i  i.i  are  met,  theapplicam  will  receive  the  1  Cental  S<  boot's  supplemental  application 
form,  which  should  be  completed  and  mailed  with  the  application  fee  i<»  the 
Dental  School's  office  of  admissions  and  student  affairs.  It  receipt  ol  theapplica 
i  ion  and  application  fee  is  not  acknov*  ledged  within  10  days,  the  applicant  should 
contact  the  admissions  office.  All  applicants  who  are  seriously  being  considered  will 
be  interviewed;  .t  personal  inten  iew  docs  not,  however,  guarantee  admission.  I  be 
c  lommittee  on  Dental  Rec  ruitment  and  Admissions,  composed  ol  members  of  the 
(acuity,  students  and  alumni,  selects  qualified  applicants  for  admission  based  on  the 
applicant's  academic  performance,  DAI  scores,  personal  recommendations  and 
the  personal  interview.  A  deposit  oi  $200  must  accompany  an  applicant's  accep 
tance  of  an  offer  of  admission.  It  will  be  credited  toward  the  applicant's  tuition  and 
is  non-refundable.  An  additional  SI 00  deposit  is  due  by  June  1  to  confirm  intent 
to  enroll.  Admission  is  contingent  upon  continued  satisfactory  academic  perfor- 
manceand  behavior  during  the  period  between  acceptance  and  enrollment.  Admis- 
sion requirements  arc  subject  to  change  without  prior  notice. 


ADMISSION  WITH  ADVANCED  STANDING 


Students  currently  enrolled  in  dental  schools  in  the  United  States  and  graduates  of 
non-U. S. /Canadian  dental  schools  may  apply  for  admission  with  advanced  stand- 
ing. It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  such  admissions  occur  very  rarely  because  of 
limited  space  availability  or  incompatibility  of  curricula  at  different  schools.  Stu- 
dents admitted  with  advanced  standing  may  be  exempted  from  certain  courses  by 
passing  a  competency  examination.  Any  person  interested  in  admission  with 
advanced  standing  should  contact  the  Dental  School's  office  of  admissions  and  stu- 
dent affairs  for  specific  information  about  requirements  and  to  request  an  applica- 
tion form. 


READMISSION  TO  DENTAL  SCHOOL  PROGRAMS 


Consequent  to  dismissal  or  withdrawal,  readmission  may  be  sought  by  reapplica- 
tion  to  the  Dental  School.  In  order  to  initiate  the  readmission  procedure,  the  for- 
mer student  shall  submit  a  detailed  letter,  with  supporting  documents,  to  the  office 
of  admissions  and  student  affairs,  requesting  readmission  to  the  Dental  School. 
Students  dismissed  for  violations  of  the  Professional  Code  of  Conduct  are  ineligi- 
ble for  readmission,  unless  substantial  evidence  of  rehabilitation  is  provided.  Deter- 
mination of  substantial  evidence  is  within  the  school's  sole  discretion. 

Once  the  letter  of  application  has  been  processed  by  the  office  of  admissions  and 
student  affairs,  the  Committee  on  Dental  Recruitment  and  Admissions,  in  con- 
sultation with  the  appropriate  departments,  the  advancement  committee,  and 
administrative  and  nonadministrative  faculty  members  within  the  Dental  School, 
may  consider  the  student  for  readmission.  The  process  of  consideration  may 
include  a  careful  review  of  the  student's  academic  record,  a  studv  of  the  reasons  for 


The  Dental  Program  1 5 


readmission,  and  assessment  of  the  student's  potential  for  academic  progress  in  the 
future.  Recommendations  relative  to  the  readmission  will  be  referred  to  the  Com- 
mittee on  Dental  Recruitment  and  Admissions  in  conjunction  with  the  office  of 
admissions  and  student  affairs  for  final  decision  and  notification,  including  condi- 
tions for  readmission,  where  appropriate.  Decisions  resulting  from  this  policy  are 
not  subject  to  appeal. 


UMES-UMAB  HONORS  PROGRAM 


The  University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore  (UMES),  in  cooperation  with  the  pro- 
fessional schools  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  (UMAB),  instituted 
an  Honors  Program  in  an  effort  to  prepare  students  for  professional  school  study 
while  providing  them  with  a  sound  liberal  arts  education  at  the  same  time.  The 
Honors  Program  consists  of  honors  sections  in  chemistry,  biology,  mathematics, 
English  and  social  science.  It  also  emphasizes  independent  study,  seminars  and  col- 
loquia  through  which  students  are  expected  to  explore  in-depth  the  various  disci- 
plines. Specific  preprofessional  tracks  in  allied  health,  dentistry,  law,  medicine, 
nursing,  pharmacy  and  social  work  are  available.  Upon  successful  completion  of  all 
requirements  of  the  Honors  Program,  which  include  the  professional  school  admis- 
sion requirements,  the  Honors  Program  graduate  will  be  admitted  into  the  corre- 
sponding professional  school  on  the  UMAB  campus  during  the  year  immediately 
following  graduation  from  UMES. 

Admission  into  the  Honors  Program  is  determined  by  the  Honors  Program 
Committee  which  is  composed  of  representatives  from  UMES  and  each  profes- 
sional school  at  UMAB.  A  combination  of  predictive  factors,  such  as  SAT  scores, 
interviews,  letters  of  recommendation  and  a  personal  statement  written  at  the  time 
of  the  interview  will  be  used  to  determine  the  eligibility  of  a  student  for  admission 
into  the  Honors  Program.  The  cumulative  academic  performance  of  an  applicant, 
as  indicated  by  the  high  school  record,  will  be  assessed.  For  additional  information, 
write  to  the  Honors  Committee,  University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore,  Princess 
Anne,  Maryland  21853. 


COMBINED  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES/DENTAL  PROGRAM 

Although  the  Dental  School  supports  a  coherent  four-year  program  of  undergrad- 
uate education  for  most  students,  it  recognizes  that  some  individuals  may  be  pre- 
pared to  enter  after  three  years.  The  University  of  Maryland  College  Park, 
University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County,  Bowie  State  College,  Coppin  State 
College,  Morgan  State  University  and  Salisbury  State  College  offer  a  combined 
curriculum  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Dental 
Surgery.  The  preprofessional  part  of  this  curriculum  is  taken  in  residence  in  the  col- 
lege of  arts  and  sciences  on  any  of  the  six  campuses,  and  the  professional  pan  at  the 
Dental  School  in  Baltimore.  Students  who  have  been  approved  for  the  combined 
program  and  who  have  completed  the  arts  and  sciences  phase  may,  upon  the  rec- 


16  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


ommendation  ol  the  dean  ol  the  Dental  School,  be  granted  the  degree  ol  Bai  heloi 
ol  Science  b)  ilu-  undergraduate  college  following  the  completion  ol  tin-  student  i 
first  yeai  in  ilu-  Dental  School.  Furthei  information  and  applications  may  be 
obtained  from  the  office  ol  admissions  at  ilu-  respe<  tivc  undergraduate  college. 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  PROGRAMS 

1  he  following  numerical  range  foi  standardized  grades  is  used  in  the  evaluation  <>l 
student  performance. 

Basic  Science  Courses         Clinical  Science  Courses 


A 

-      90-100 

A 

-     90   LOO 

B 

80-89 

B 

-      80-89 

C 

-      70-79 

C 

-      70-79 

D 

-      65-69 

F 

below  70 

F 

below  65 

A  -  Excellent — This  grade  signifies  performance  of  the  highest  quality  or  excep- 
tional achievement.  It  is  recommended  that  this  grade  be  awarded  to  those  students 
with  the  highest  degree  of  talent,  skills  and  knowledge,  compared  with  the  expected 
performance  of  students  at  that  particular  stage  of  development  and  training. 

B  -  Good — This  grade  should  be  recorded  for  students  who  have  demonstrated 
knowledge,  talent  or  skills  significantly  above  the  acceptable  level,  compared  with 
the  expected  performance  of  students  at  that  particular  stage  of  development  and 
training. 

C  -  Satisfactory — This  grade  should  be  recorded  for  students  who  have 
demonstrated  knowledge,  talent  or  skills  at  an  acceptable  level,  compared  with  the 
expected  performance  of  students  at  that  particular  stage  of  development  and 
training. 

D  -  Unacceptable — This  grade  indicates  that  student  performance  is  deficient 
and  at  a  level  below  what  is  expected  of  students  at  that  particular  stage  of  develop- 
ment and  training.  The  D  grade  in  basic  science  courses  is  not  a  passing  grade.  It 
must  be  remediated  to  C  to  pass  the  course.  Remediation  may  require  re-examina- 
tion or  repeat  of  the  course.  Students  who  are  provided  a  re-examination  with  or 
without  mentoring  would  receive  the  grade  D/C;  students  who  repeat  the  course 
would  earn  the  grade  achieved  in  the  semester  in  which  the  course  was  repeated. 
The  D  grade  is  not  used  by  the  clinical  departments  or  Preclinical  Studies. 

E  -  Conditional  Failure — This  grade  is  used  as  a  progress  grade  or  as  a  tempo- 
rary final  grade  to  indicate  that  a  student,  who  otherwise  is  progressing  satisfacto- 
rily in  a  course,  has  failed  to  master  limited  segments  of  a  course  or  some  clinical 
procedures,  but  may  achieve  a  satisfactory  level  of  proficiency  within  a  short  time 
if  allowed  to  do  so  based  upon  overall  academic  performance.  When  the  E  grade  is 
used  as  a  temporary  final  grade,  it  counts  in  the  grade  point  average  calculation.  If 
successful  remediation  occurs,  the  student  will  receive  the  final  grade  earned  in  the 


The  Dental  Program 


course,  shown  on  the  permanent  record  along  with  the  original  E.  An  unresolved 
grade  of  E  will  result  in  a  permanent  grade  of  F. 

F  -  Failure — Students  who  receive  this  grade  exhibit  unsatisfactory  perfor- 
mance. This  grade  indicates  that  they  have  not  achieved  an  acceptable  level  in  skills 
and  knowledge.  As  a  result,  they  are  not  considered  ready  to  advance  to  more  com- 
plex work  or  to  perform  independently.  When  the  failure  has  been  absolved,  the  F 
grade  will  remain  on  the  student's  permanent  record,  but  only  the  new  grade  will 
be  used  in  computing  the  grade  point  average. 

I  -  Incomplete — A  student  whose  work  in  completed  assignments  is  of  accept- 
able quality  but,  who  because  of  circumstances  beyond  the  student's  control  (such 
as  illness  or  disability),  has  been  unable  to  complete  course  requirements,  will 
receive  a  grade  of  Incomplete.  When  all  requirements  have  been  satisfied,  the  stu- 
dent will  receive  the  final  grade  earned  in  the  course.  Except  under  extraordinary 
circumstances,  an  Incomplete  may  not  be  carried  into  the  next  academic  year. 

Scholastic  averages  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  credits  assigned  to  each  course 
and  the  following  numerical  values  for  grades:  A-4,  B-3,  C-2,  D-l,  E-0,  F-0.  The 
grade  point  average  is  the  sum  of  the  products  of  course  credits  and  grade  values, 
divided  by  the  total  number  of  course  credits  in  that  year  of  the  curriculum. 

The  Committee  on  Predoctoral  Advancement  and  Graduation  reviews  the  per- 
formance of  each  student  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  On  the  basis  of  progress 
and/or  final  grades,  the  committee  determines  one  of  the  following  actions  for  each 
student:  assignment  to  a  Specially  Tailored  Education  Program  (STEP)  for  first- 
and  second-  year  students  only;  unconditional  advancement;  conditional  advance- 
ment; probationary  advancement;  repeat  of  the  year;  remediation  of  the  year;  or 
recommends  academic  dismissal  to  the  Faculty  Council,  which  approves  all  deci- 
sions pertaining  to  dismissal  or  graduation.  A  student  may  appeal  any  action  of  the 
advancement  committee  or  the  Faculty  Council  by  submission  of  a  written  request 
to  the  senior  associate  dean. 

Students  must  achieve  a  2.00  grade  point  average  and  passing  grades  in  all 
courses  in  order  to  advance  unconditionally  to  the  next  year. 

A  student  may  be  permitted  to  absolve  deficiencies  during  the  summer  session, 
as  recommended  by  the  advancement  committee.  Depending  on  the  type  of  defi- 
ciencies involved,  students  may  be  required  to  register  and  pay  a  fee  for  the  sum- 
mer session.  Conditional  advancement  may  be  assigned  to  1)  first-  and  second-  year 
students  who  have  not  successfully  completed  remediation  of  deficient  grades  dur- 
ing the  summer  session;  and  2)  third-year  students  who  have  not  successfully  com- 
pleted all  courses  but  who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  committee,  should  be  afforded 
the  opportunity  to  complete  requirements  from  the  third  year  while  proceeding 
with  fourth-year  courses. 

Probationary  advancement  may  be  assigned  to  1 )  first-  and  second-year  students 
with  less  than  a  2.00  grade  point  average;  and  2)  students  with  a  minimum  grade 
point  average  of  2.00  who  have  received  a  final  grade  of  F  in  one  or  more  courses. 
Students  placed  on  probation  must  remediate  or  repeat  all  courses  in  which  there 
was  a  deficiency  to  a  passing  grade  of  C,  achieve  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of 
2.00,  and  must  pass  all  courses  taken  during  the  probationary  academic  year.  Fail- 


1 8  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


ure  to  do  so  will  result  in  dismissal  from  the  dental  program  subjei  t  todis<  retionar) 

u\  k-w  In  the  I  a<  ult)  (  oun<  il. 

Students  w  nli  den<  iencies  too  severe  i»>  !><-•  absolved  during  the  summei  session 
ma)  be  afforded  the  opportunit)  to  repeat  01  remediate  .1  spec  ifi<  peai  ol  the  den 
tal  program.  Remediation  ol  the  yeai  provides  students,  who  would  otherwise  have 
to  repeal  the  year's  work  in  its  entirety,  with  the  opportunity  foi  exemption  from 
courses  or  portions  ol  courses  at  the  disc  retion  ol  the  department  c  hairs.  Students 
w  ho  are  repeating  or  remediating  any  year  ol  the  dental  program  are  plac  ed  on  pro 
bation.  It  it  is  determined  that  a  student  is  progressing  so  poorly  that  remediation 
will  not  bring  him/her  to  .1  passing  level,  tliMinss.il  w  ill  be  recommended  to  the  I  ac 
ultv  Council. 


SPECIALLY  TAILORED  EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAM 

[Tie  Specially  Tailored  Educational  Program  (STEP)  functions  within  the  frame- 
work of  the  regular  curriculum  but  allows  students  to  spend  up  to  three  years  com- 
pleting first-  and  second-year  courses.  The  program  was  developed  for  students 
who,  because  of  academic  difficulty,  illness  or  other  circumstances,  need  special 
assistance  and/or  additional  time  to  fulfill  the  academic  requirements.  It  also 
accommodates  the  specific  program  needs  of  students  transferring  from  other  insti- 
tutions and  students  in  combined  degree  programs. 

The  Committee  on  Predoctoral  Advancement  and  Graduation  may  offer  a  stu- 
dent the  option  of  STEP  or  assign  to  STEP  any  student  whose  progress  is  unsatis- 
factory if  it  is  generally  agreed  that  a  reduced  load  and/or  special  tutorial  assistance 
may  improve  the  student's  chance  of  successfully  completing  course  requirements. 
An  individualized  program  is  designed  for  each  student  who  is  assigned  to  STEP, 
and  the  student's  progress  is  carefully  monitored.  Departmental  counselors  in  the 
basic  sciences  and  preclinical  sciences  are  available  to  assist  any  student  assigned  to 
STEP. 

Students  may  advance  into  the  regular  program  when  they  have  demonstrated 
satisfactory  progress;  otherwise  they  remain  in  STEP  until  they  have  completed  all 
first-  and  second-year  courses. 


THE  MINIMESTER 

In  the  January  minimester,  students  in  all  years  of  the  dental  program  may  choose 
to  take  elective  courses  when  required  courses  are  not  scheduled.  The  clinic  con- 
tinues to  operate  on  the  usual  schedule  during  the  minimester.  Any  credits  awarded 
for  minimester  elective  courses  will  not  be  applied  to  the  D.D.S.  degree. 

Undergraduate  students  contemplating  a  career  in  dentistry  may  attend  this  ses- 
sion on  a  per-course  basis.  Information  concerning  course  offerings  is  distributed 
to  prospective  students  by  the  office  of  admissions  and  student  affairs  and  to  all 
enrolled  students  by  the  office  of  academic  affairs. 


The  Dental  Program 


ATTENDANCE  POLICY 


The  faculty  and  administration  of  the  Dental  School  expect  every  student  to  attend 
all  scheduled  lectures,  seminars,  laboratory  sessions  and  clinic  assignments,  except 
in  the  event  of  illness  or  emergency.  Course  syllabi  for  each  department  and  the 
Clinic  Manual  address  specific  departmental  and  clinical  attendance  policies  and 
requirements,  and  delineate  a  policy  for  managing  missed  examinations,  quizzes 
and  other  assignments.  Students  may  lose  the  opportunity  for  remediation  if  they 
do  not  meet  published  departmental/course  standards  for  attendance. 

Students  who  anticipate  that  they  will  be  absent  for  planned  events  (e.g.,  reli- 
gious holidays)  should  contact  course  directors  to  make  arrangements  in  advance 
of  the  anticipated  absence.  If  prior  notice  is  not  possible,  contact  should  be  made 
at  the  earliest  opportunity.  Course  directors  will  determine  the  impact  of  the 
absence  and  the  subsequent  course  of  action. 

Students  who  miss  specific  educational  activities,  including  but  not  limited  to 
examinations,  quizzes  and  block  assignments,  must  complete  an  absence  form, 
including  an  explanation  for  the  absence.  The  student's  signature  on  the  form  ver- 
ifies that  the  explanation  provided  is  accurate.  The  course  director  will  review  the 
absence  form,  make  a  determination  regarding  the  appropriate  course  of  action, 
and  sign  the  absence  form.  Copies  of  the  form  will  be  provided  for  the  student,  the 
course  director/department,  and  the  office  of  admissions  and  student  affairs.  Stu- 
dent appeals  of  the  final  disposition  must  be  made  within  five  working  days,  and 
should  be  forwarded  to  the  office  of  the  assistant  dean  for  admissions  and  student 
affairs  for  a  final  disposition. 

Students  who  anticipate  a  long-term  absence  (longer  than  five  days)  should 
directly  contact  the  assistant  dean  for  admissions  and  student  affairs  to  discuss 
strategies  for  managing  the  impact  of  the  absence  on  the  educational  program. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  GRADUATION 

The  degree  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  is  conferred  upon  a  candidate  who  has  met 
the  conditions  specified  below: 

1 .  A  candidate  must  have  satisfied  all  requirements  of  the  various  departments. 

2.  A  candidate  must  pass  all  fourth-year  courses  and  achieve  a  minimum  2.0 
average  in  the  fourth  year. 

3.  The  candidate  must  pass  Part  II  of  the  National  Board  Dental  Examinations. 

4.  The  candidate  must  have  satisfied  all  university  obligations  prior  to  graduation. 

GRADUATION  DATES 

Students  who  enter  the  D.D.S.  program  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Dental 
School  are  required  to  complete  a  minimum  of  four  academic  years  at  the  school. 
The  length  of  the  program  has  been  established  in  order  to  provide  the  students  a 
comprehensive  professional  education.  Graduation  for  students  who  complete  the 
program  within  this  prescribed  period  is  in  May.  Students  who  fail  to  complete  all 
requirements  in  May  will  be  considered  for  graduation  the  following  July,  Decem- 
ber or  May,  as  they  are  judged  ready  to  do  so. 

20  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITIES  IN  DENTISTRY 

The  public  demand  foi  more  and  bettei  oral  health  care  will  continue  to  create  a 
climate  for  growth  in  the  dental  profession,  rechnological  advances  and  chan 
demographics  have  spawned  .»  widei  range  ol  careei  options  within  dentistry. 
Income  levels  are  <  ontingem  upon  and  afFe<  ced  l>\  the  area  served,  the  practice  spe 
.  ialt) .  .inJ  iIk-  state  •  >!  the  economy  at  the  time. 


THE  DENTAL  CURRICULUM 


Year 


Subject 

Credit 

Semester 
1           2 

Total 

Anatomy 

13 

13 

Biochemistry 

5 

5 

Conjoint  Sciences  1 

3 

3 

Dental  Biomaterials  1 

1 

1 

2 

Microbiology 

5 

5 

Physiology 

5 

5 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery                                                                             1               1 

Dental  Anatomy/Occlusion 

4 

4 

Operative  Dentistry 

5 

5 

Oral  Health  Care  Delivery 

1 

2 

3 

Periodontics 

1 

1 

2 

Year  II 


25       23 


48 


Subject 

Credit 

Semester 
1           2 

Total 

Biomedicine 

5 

7 

12 

Conjoint  Sciences  II 

6 

6 

12 

Dental  Biomaterials  II                                                                                           1              1 

Oral  Health  Care  Delivery 

1 

2 

3 

Pediatric  Dentistry                                                                                               1              1 

Pharmacology 

5 

5 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery                                                                             1              1 

Endodontics                                                                                                         1              1 

Fixed  Prosthodontics 

3 

3 

6 

Orthodontics                                                                                                       1              1 

Periodontics 

1 

1 

2 

Complete  Dentures 

3 

3 

Removable  Prosthodontics 

3 

3 

24 


r 


si 


The  Dental  Program 


Year  III 


Subject 

Credit 

Semester 
1           2 

Total 

Conjoint  Sciences  III 

2 

2 

4 

Endodontics 

2 

2 

4 

Fixed  Prosthodontics 

3 

3 

6 

Operative  Dentistry 

3 

4 

7 

Oral  Health  Care  Delivery 

3 

3 

6 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery 

2 

2 

4 

Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences 

4 

3 

7 

Orthodontics 

1 

1 

2 

Pediatric  Dentistry 

4 

4 

8 

Periodontics 

6 

5 

II 

Removable  Prosthodontics 

4 

4 

8 

34 


33 


67 


Year  IV 


Subject 

Credit 

Semester 
1           2 

Total 

Conjoint  Sciences  IV 

2          3 

5 

Clinic 

29        29 

58 

31 


32 


63 


Curriculum  requirements  are  subject  to  change  without  prior  notice. 


DEPARTMENTS/PROGRAMS 


CLERKSHIP  PROGRAM 

Two  elective  clerkship  programs  allow  selected  fourth-year  students  to  pursue  fur- 
ther studies  in  departmental  activities  specially  designed  to  meet  their  needs  and 
interests.  Students  devote  a  portion  of  their  clinic  time  to  these  specialized  pro- 
grams; the  remaining  clinic  time  is  spent  in  the  comprehensive  treatment  of 
patients  in  the  regular  program.  Clerkships  are  available  in  basic  science  and  clini- 
cal disciplines  and  several  incorporate  off-campus  clinical  experiences  in  various 
practice  settings. 

DCJS  558.  Clerkship  I  (elective)  (20) 

DCJS  559.  Clerkship  II  (elective)  (10) 


22 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


CLINICAL  DENTISTRY 

Stall:  All  i  link .il  depai tments 

The  dink. il  education  program  is  designed  to  provide  each  student  with  .1  broad 
bac  kground  of  clinical  experience  based  on  the  philosophy  ol  prevention  and  com 
prehensive  patieni  care.  Although  the  need  fbi  the  treatment  oi  existing  disease  is 
oi  paramount  importance,  the  clinical  program  stresses  long  term  complete  dental 
care  founded  on  preventing  the  occurrence  ot  recurrence  ol  disease.  I  ach  student 
provides  patient  care  in  .1  general  practice  in  .1  manner  similar  to  practitioners  in  the 
communit) .  ( ainical  areas  for  predoctoral  instruction  are  designated  primarily  fot 
genera]  practice  teams.  Clinical  instruction  is  accomplished  using  dentist-man 
agers,  general  demists  and  specialists  providing  interdepartmental  instruction  for 
the  student  and  the  highest  level  ot  dental  care  for  the  patient.  The  clinical  program 
functions  year  round  in  order  to  provide  continuity  of  patient  care. 


CLINICAL  SIMULATION 


Director:   Michael  M.  Belenky 
Staff:  All  departments 

The  clinical  simulation  program  is  a  four-year  comprehensive  program  with  the 
purpose  of  simulating  the  delivery  of  oral  health  care.  It  includes  three  components, 
all  of  which  are  of  equal  importance.  The  first  provides  the  student  with  an  aware- 
ness of  the  optimum  utilization  of  the  body  in  the  performance  of  procedures.  The 
second  component  provides  the  student  with  the  opportunity  to  apply  the  concepts 
of  performance  logic  in  the  clinical  simulation  unit.  The  third  component  provides 
for  the  application  of  skills  in  the  delivery  of  patient  care  in  the  clinic.  Working  in 
instructional  settings  that  replicate  the  clinical  setting,  the  dental  student  learns  to 
deliver  high  quality  care  utilizing  a  process  that  includes  attention  to  appropriate 
control  of  the  operating  environment. 


CONJOINT  SCIENCES 

Director:   Harold  L.  Crossley 
Staff:  All  departments 

Conjoint  Sciences  is  the  administrative  unit  responsible  for  the  coordination  of 
subjects  which  are  most  appropriately  presented  in  an  interdisciplinary  format. 
Certification  for  cardiopulmonary  resuscitation  (CPR)  is  required  for  each  year. 

In  the  first  year,  lectures  in  Conjoint  Sciences  introduce  the  students  to  the  his- 
tory of  dentistry,  the  epidemiology  of  chemical  dependency,  ethics  and  geriatric 
dentistry. 

Human  growth  and  development,  immunology,  diagnosis  and  treatment  of 
pulp  and  periapical  disease,  cariology,  clinical  aspects  of  head  and  neck  anatomy, 
geriatric  dentistry  and  dental  anesthesiology  are  subjects  presented  in  the  second 

The  Dental  Program  23 


year  of  Conjoint  Sciences.  Certification  for  blood  pressure  measurement  is  a 
required  component  of  the  program  in  the  second  year. 

The  third  year  of  Conjoint  Sciences  deals  primarily  with  the  management  of 
clinical  problems  associated  with  the  interdisciplinary  topics  previously  presented. 
Topics  include  dental  management  of  the  patient  with  special  needs,  therapeutics, 
general  anesthesia,  ethical  dilemmas,  geriatric  dentistry  and  temporomandibular 
dysfunction. 

The  curriculum  in  the  fourth  year  includes  lectures  dealing  with  medical  emer- 
gencies in  the  dental  office  and  a  wide  range  of  selective  courses. 

DCJS  5  1 2.  Conjoint  Sciences  I  (3) 

DCJS  528.  Conjoint  Sciences  II  (12) 

DCJS  538.  Conjoint  Sciences  III  (4) 

DCJS  548.  Conjoint  Sciences  IV  (5) 

ENDODONTICS 

Chair:  Thomas  C.  Dumsha 

Associate  Professor:  'Dumsha,  McDonald 

Assistant  Professor:  H utter 

Clinical  Associate  Professors:  Kelly,  Schunick 

Clinical  Assistant  Professors:   Beebe,  Fein,  Gamson,  Hyson,  Quarantillo,  Zia 

The  student's  introduction  to  endodontics  begins  in  the  second  year.  It  consists  of 
a  series  of  lectures,  seminars,  laboratories  and  patient  simulations  that  stress  both 
the  fundamentals  and  biologic  principles  of  endodontics. 

In  the  third  year,  lectures  are  presented  which  expand  upon  the  basic  material 
presented  in  the  second  year.  Cases  are  treated  clinically  with  the  student  demon- 
strating an  acceptable  level  of  competency  by  the  completion  of  the  third  year.  The 
fourth-year  experience  in  endodontics  is  primarily  clinical.  Competency  in  clinical 
endodontics  with  more  complex  cases  is  expected  of  each  student.  A  clerkship  pro- 
gram in  advanced  endodontics  is  available  to  selected  students  in  their  fourth  year. 

The  department  conducts  research  in  dental  traumatology,  dental  materials, 
endodontic  surgery  and  immunology. 

ENDO  522.  Principles  of  Pre-Clinical  Endodontics  (I) 

ENDO  538.  Principles  of  Clinical  Endodontics  (4) 

ENDO  548.  Endodontic  Clinic  (4) 


24  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


ORAL  AND  CRANIOFACIAL  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

( 'hair:  Ronald  I  )ubnei 

Professors:   Bashirelahi,  Benevento,  Changt  (  ostello,  Dubner,  I  nwonwu, 
Falkler,  Franklin,  I  lawle) ,  Krj  wolap,  Minah,  1  Inn,  Wynn 

Clinical  Professor:    Buxbaum 

Associate  Pro  lessors:    (  .lpi.i.  CrOSslcy,  Delisle,  DeSSCOl,  Gartner,  lli.ui, 

Meszler,  Matheson,  Myslinski,  Nauman,  ( )lson,  Seibel,  Sydiskis,  1 1. 
Williams 

Adjunct  Professor:    Birkedal  1  lanscn 
Adjunct  Associate  Professor:    ParcntC 
Adjunct  Clinical  Associate  Professor:    1  [endler 
Assistant  Professors:  Bennett,  Greenspan,   I  raub 
Research  Assistant  Professor:    Ken 
Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  J.  Gaston 
Associate  Staff:   Groves 

The  Department  of  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences  (OCBS)  was  formed 
by  the  consolidation  of  the  previous  departments  of  anatomy,  biochemistry, 
microbiology,  pharmacology  and  physiology.  The  purpose  of  the  consolidation 
was  to  foster  the  integration  of  the  basic  and  clinical  sciences  and  to  strengthen 
research  and  research  training  in  the  Dental  School.  The  three  major  tracks  within 
OCBS  reflect  the  composition  of  the  basic  science  faculty  and  include  cell  and  mol- 
ecular biology,  infectious  diseases  and  immune  function,  and  neuroscience.  The 
primary  graduate  program  of  the  department  is  the  Ph.D.  degree  in  oral  and  cran- 
iofacial biological  sciences.  This  degree  may  be  completed  in  one  of  the  three  spe- 
cialized tracks,  and  it  consists  of  course  work,  seminars  and  research  experiences. 
The  scholarly  activities  within  this  Ph.D.  program  prepare  students  to  become 
independent  research  investigators  and  competent  teachers. 

In  addition  to  the  Ph.D.,  the  department  offers  the  Master  of  Science  degree. 
The  M.S.  degree  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an  introductory  background  in  the 
foundations  of  oral  and  craniofacial  biological  sciences  and  experience  in  conduct- 
ing research  in  this  field  of  study.  It  is  also  possible  to  combine  clinical  training  with 
advanced  work  in  the  biological  sciences.  The  combined  Ph.D.  and  postgraduate 
specialty  program  in  dentistry  is  designed  for  students  who  wish  to  simultaneously 
pursue  a  clinical  specialty  coupled  with  an  in-depth  research  training  experience. 
The  D.D.S./Ph.D.  is  designed  for  students  who  wish  to  simultaneously  pursue 
their  undergraduate  dental  education  with  in-depth  research  training  in  specific 
biological  science  disciplines. 

The  specialization  track  in  cell  and  molecular  biology  includes  faculty  with 
training  and  research  experience  in  physiology,  biochemistry,  pharmacology  and 
anatomy  and  provides  broad  training  in  a  range  of  molecular  and  cell  biology 
research  areas  including  endocrinology,  regulation  of  gene  expression  and  gene 
cloning,  and  sequencing.  The  infectious  disease  and  immune  function  track  is 
designed  to  give  the  student  a  broad  base  in  all  the  major  subdisciplines  of  micro- 
biology/immunology and  at  the  same  time  allow  the  student  to  concentrate  on  one 
specific  area  of  interest  or  specialization  such  as  oral  microbiology,  pathogenic 

The  Dental  Program  25 


microbiology,  immunology,  virology,  microbial  genetics  or  microbial  cytology. 
The  neuroscience  track  offers  a  broad-based  training  program  in  integrative  neu- 
roscience.  Faculty  have  research  interests  in  sensory  processes  including  pain, 
touch,  proprioception;  sensorimotor  integration;  motor  control  systems;  and 
higher  cognitive  processes.  Anatomical,  physiological,  pharmacological,  biochem- 
ical and  molecular  techniques  are  employed  to  gain  a  better  understanding  of  how 
the  nervous  system  processes  changes  in  environmental  stimuli,  and  how  they  affect 
behavior. 

The  department  also  offers  the  traditional  introductory  courses  in  anatomy,  bio- 
chemistry, microbiology,  pharmacology  and  physiology  that  are  part  of  the  cur- 
riculum for  dental  students  and  are  also  core  or  elective  courses  for  graduate 
students.  A  description  of  those  courses  follows: 

Anatomy — The  basic  course  in  human  anatomy  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  the 
cells,  tissues,  organs,  and  organ  systems  of  the  body  using  an  interdisciplinary 
approach  encompassing  gross  anatomy,  neuroanatomy,  histology  and  develop- 
mental anatomy.  Principles  of  body  structure  and  function  are  studied  with  a  par- 
ticular emphasis  on  the  head  and  neck  and  major  organ  systems.  A  strong  effort  is 
made  to  correlate  the  anatomy  curriculum  with  other  courses  in  the  basic  and  clin- 
ical sciences  of  the  dental  curriculum. 

Biochemistry — Biochemistry  is  a  study  of  cellular  processes  at  the  molecular 
level  and  the  influences  of  nutrition  and  pathologies  on  these  processes.  The  teach- 
ing goals  of  this  discipline  are:  to  present  a  comprehensive  course  in  biochemistry 
to  the  first-year  students  seeking  a  professional  degree  in  dentistry  and  to  provide 
a  program  of  specialized  training  for  graduate  students.  The  course  provided  for 
dental  students  covers  the  major  traditional  subjects  of  biochemistry.  Dental  stu- 
dents who  have  previously  taken  a  course  in  biochemistry  may  take  a  competency 
examination  which,  if  passed  satisfactorily,  permits  them  to  be  excused  from  tak- 
ing this  course. 

Microbiology — The  predoctoral  program  in  this  section  is  organized  to  supply 
students  with  the  fundamental  principles  of  microbiology  in  order  that  they  may 
understand  the  chemical  and  biological  mechanisms  of  the  production  of  disease 
by  bacteria  and  other  parasites,  and  the  means  by  which  the  host  protects  itself 
against  bacteria  and  related  organisms. 

Pharmacology — The  program  of  instruction  in  pharmacology  is  divided  into 
three  phases.  The  first  phase  includes  a  thorough  study  of  the  basic  concepts  and 
principles  in  pharmacology.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  mechanisms  of  action, 
absorption,  distribution,  metabolism  and  excretion  of  drugs,  therapeutic  indica- 
tions, common  adverse  reactions  and  drug  interactions.  The  second  phase  teaches 
oral  therapeutics,  drug  interactions  and  pain  and  anxiety  control  through  the  par- 
ticipation in  the  conjoint  sciences  program.  The  third  phase,  designed  for  gradu- 
ate and  postdoctoral  students,  provides  in-depth  coverage  of  current  topics  in 
analgesia,  local  and  general  anesthesia,  dental  therapeutics  and  dental  toxicology. 

Physiology — The  basic  principles  of  physiology  are  stressed  in  the  predoctoral 
course  to  provide  students  with  knowledge  of  the  function  of  the  principal  organ 
systems  of  the  body.  Dental-oriented  aspects  of  physiology  are  taught  through  par- 


26  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


ticipation  in  the  conjoint  sciences  program.  Advanced  coursei  arc  fbi  icudena 
interested  in  careei  s  in  tea<  King  and  researc  h. 

DANA  511.  Human  Anatomy  (  I  3) 

DBIC  511.  Principles  of  Biochemistry  (5) 

DPHR  521.  General  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics  (5) 

DMIC  5  I  2.  Microbiology  (5) 

DPHS  5  I  2.  Principles  of  Physiology  (5) 

ORAL  HEALTH  CARE  DELIVERY 


Chair:   Leonard  A.  Cohen 

Professors:   Cohen,  Craig,  Morganstein,  Romberg 

Clinical  Professor:   Mecklenburg 

Associate  Professors:   Barnes,  Belenky,  Blank,  Grace,  Manski 

Dental  School  Associate  Professors:  Ailor,  Colangelo,  Gingell,  Jones, 

Swanson,  G.  C.  Williams 
Clinical  Associate  Professors:   Beach,  Bowman,  Caplan,  Christopher, 

Clarkson,  Collins 
Assistant  Professor:  Yellowitz 
Dental  School  Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Bauman,  Creamer,  Eldridge, 

Robbins,  W.  Tewes,  M.  Wilson 
Clinical  Assistant  Professors:   Barclay,  Berning,  Fedele,  Goodman,  Holstein, 

Hyson,  Levinson,  Perell,  Schlank,  Schmidt,  Trail,  Watson 
Instructor:  Robinson 
Clinical  Instructors:  Allen,  Bullock,  Conaghan,  Cunningham,  Davis,  George, 

Koehler,  Lei,  Schiff,  Schupp,  Shires,  Sim,  L.  Williams,  Witting,  G.  Wood 
Associate  Staff:  Wyatt 

In  its  teaching,  research  and  service  activities,  the  department  of  oral  health  care 
delivery  continually  develops,  evaluates  and  disseminates  information  and  meth- 
ods to  meet  the  needs  of  the  providers  and  recipients  of  oral  health  care. 

The  major  areas  of  teaching  responsibility  are:  (1)  behavioral  sciences,  (2)  den- 
tal practice  administration,  (3)  dental  delivery  systems,  (4)  dental  public  health,  (5) 
epidemiology  and  scientific  literature  evaluation,  (6)  geriatric  dentistry,  (7)  special 
patient  care,  (8)  community-based  oral  health  care,  and  (9)  the  clinical  practice  of 
dentistry  utilizing  human  performance  logic  and  appropriate  auxiliary  personnel. 
During  the  four-year  curriculum,  students  attend  department-sponsored  lectures, 
seminars,  independent  and  small  group  projects,  community  rotations  and  patient 
care  clinics. 

The  core  curriculum  includes  the  following  topics:  first  year — oral  health  care 
issues,  principles  of  epidemiology  and  review  of  scientific  literature;  second  year — 

The  Dental  Program  27 


applied  behavioral  analysis,  communication,  patient  compliance,  stress  manage- 
ment, dental  health  education  and  community  service  project;  third  year — com- 
puter applications,  accounting,  finance,  economics,  law,  marketing,  taxes,  practice 
and  business  planning,  and  Dental  Practice  Systems  clinic;  fourth  year — dental 
practice  administration,  Dental  Practice  Systems  clinic,  and  community-based 
geriatric  oral  health.  Lectures  on  geriatric  dentistry  occur  in  all  four  years  of  the  cur- 
riculum in  the  Conjoint  Sciences  program.  The  third-  and  fourth-year  Dental  Prac- 
tice Systems  clinic  program  demonstrates  delivery  system  alternatives  using  human 
performance-centered  ergonomics,  behavioral  and  modern  practice  administration 
concepts.  The  department  supports  the  dental  school's  comprehensive  care  pro- 
gram through  the  clinical  and  managerial  support  it  provides  the  general  practices. 
Additionally,  students  participate  in  a  variety  of  volunteer  and  required  commu- 
nity experiences  during  each  year  of  the  dental  school  program. 

In  addition,  lectures  on  the  nature  of  handicapping  and  medically  compromis- 
ing conditions  and  their  effects  on  the  patient  are  presented  in  the  first  three  years 
of  the  curriculum.  During  the  third  and  fourth  year  of  this  special  patient  program, 
students  are  the  primary  providers  for  physically  disabled  and  mentally  handi- 
capped individuals  and  those  with  special  medical  conditions  or  infectious  diseases. 
All  clinical  care  is  provided  in  special  facilities  designed  and  operated  for  the  deliv- 
ery of  dental  care  to  handicapped  and  medically  compromised  individuals  of 
all  ages. 

The  department  conducts  research  in  dental  materials,  clinical  trials,  practice 
administration,  quality  assurance,  behavioral  sciences,  geriatric  dentistry,  dental 
delivery  systems  and  oral  health  policy, 

OHCD  5  1 8.  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery  (3) 

OHCD  528.  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery  (3) 

OHCD  538.  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery  (6) 

OHCD  548.  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery  (3) 


ORAL-MAXILLOFACIAL  SURGERY 

Chair:  James  R.  Hupp 
Professors:   Bergman,  Hupp,  Tilghman 
Associate  Professors:  Ord,  Richter 
Assistant  Professor:   Horswell 
Clinical  Professor:   Gaston 

Clinical  Assistant  Professors:   Di  Fabio,  Exler,  Goldbeck,  Lauttman,  Nessif, 
Raksin 

In  the  first  year,  students  are  introduced  to  oral-maxillofacial  surgery  with  lectures 
on  the  management  of  medical  emergencies.  Introductory  material  on  routine  oral- 


28  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


maxillofacial  surge)  \ .  and  lectures  and  demonstrations  in  local  anesthesia  arc  pre 
sented  dui  m;.:  the  second  j  eai 

1  In t  vl  and  fourth  year  lectures  covei  .ill  phases ol  oral  maxillofacial  surger)  and 
advanced  pain  and  anxiet)  control.  Students  arc  rotated  n>  the  oral  maxillofacial 
surger)  clink  in  block  assignments  during  the  third  and  fourth  years  fbi  proj 
sh/e  participation  in  oral  maxillofacial  surger)  procedures. 

1  on  nli  year  students  are  scheduled  on  block  assignments  to  the  hospital  fbi  hos 
pica!  dentistry,  operating  room  experience  and  general  anesthesia  experience;  they 
.iUo  take  night  call  with  the  oral  maxillofacial  surgery  and  general   practice 
residents. 

The  department  participates  in  .ill  years  ol  the  ( Conjoint  S<  iences  program  con- 
centrating in  the  fourth  year  on  recognition  and  management  ol  medical  emer- 
gencies in  the  denial  office  and  implant  surgery.  Research  is  conducted  in  the 
evaluation  of  non-steroidal  analgesics  for  postsurgical  pain  control,  on  the 
immunologic  response  of  tumor  cells  in  animals,  and  on  hone  healing  in  coopera- 
tive studies  with  M1EMSS  orthopedic  surgery  service. 

DSUR  5  I  2.  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery  ( I ) 

DSUR  522.  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery  (I) 

DSUR  538.  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery  (4) 

DSUR  548.  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery  (5) 

ORAL  MEDICINE  AND  DIAGNOSTIC  SCIENCES 


Chair:   C.  Daniel  Overholser 
Professors:   Hasler,  Overholser 

Associate  Professors:   DePaola,  Meiller,  J.  Park,  M.  Siegel 
Dental  School  Associate  Professor:   Brown 
Clinical  Associate  Professor:   Freedman 
Assistant  Professor:   Balciunas 
Dental  School  Assistant  Professor:  Crooks 
Clinical  Assistant  Professors:   Lee,  Vandermer,  Weiner 
Clinical  Instructors:   Blaik,  Brooks,  Conley,  Dailey,  Hariri,  Katz,  Leboe, 
Manson,  Meeks,  Palmer,  Pannebaker,  Paul,  Polhaus,  Saedi,  Shafinouri 

The  curriculum  in  oral  medicine  and  diagnosis  includes  the  basic  principles  of  the 
patient  interview,  the  fundamentals  of  physical  examination,  recognition  of  oral 
disease,  treatment  planning,  management  of  patients  with  oral  and/or  systemic  dis- 
ease and  management  of  dental  emergencies. 

Principles  of  Biomedicine,  an  interdisciplinary  course  taught  in  conjunction 
with  the  Department  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Pathology,  introduces  the  second- 
year  student  to  oral  medicine  through  didactic  presentations  concerning  the  patient 


The  Dental  Program  29 


interview,  clinical  examination,  oral  radiology  and  treatment  planning.  Clinical 
aspects  of  the  course  are  taught  in  the  second,  third  and  fourth  years. 

Principles  of  oral  medicine  and  diagnosis  are  taught  in  the  third  and  fourth  years 
clinically  and  didactically.  These  courses  reinforce  the  concept  that  the  dentist 
should  receive  adequate  training  in  obtaining  medical  histories,  performing  appro- 
priate physical  examinations,  interpreting  the  results  of  various  laboratory  tests  and, 
most  importantly,  relating  the  physical  status  of  the  patient  to  the  dental  treatment 
plan. 

The  department  conducts  research  in  dental  management  of  medically  com- 
promised patients,  prevention  of  infection  in  immuno-compromised  patients,  pre- 
vention of  bacterial  endocarditis,  evaluation  of  drugs  to  treat  bacterial  and  fungal 
infections  of  the  oral  cavity  and  the  role  of  viruses  in  cancer  and  its  treatment. 

DPAT  528.  Principles  of  Biomedicine  ( 1 2) 

DIAG  538.  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences  (7) 

DIAG  548.  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences  (4) 

ORAL  AND  MAXILLOFACIAL  PATHOLOGY __ 

Chair:  John  J.  Sauk 
Professor:  Sauk 
Associate  Professor:  Levy 
Assistant  Professor:  Couwenhoven 
Associate  Staff:  Hebert 

The  predoctoral  teaching  program  consists  of  an  interdisciplinary  course  that  cov- 
ers the  basic  principles  of  pathology  and  medicine  through  presentation  of  the  mor- 
phologic, chemical  and  physiologic  changes  of  basic  disease  processes  and 
important  specific  diseases.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  diagnosis,  etiology,  patho- 
genesis and  clinical  manifestations  of  disease  processes  in  the  oral  cavity.  The  aim 
is  to  provide  a  sound  basis  for  the  differential  diagnosis  of  oral  lesions  and  a  ratio- 
nale for  their  treatment.  The  student  is  provided  ample  opportunity  to  develop  pro- 
ficiency in  problem-solving  in  oral  diagnosis.  A  variety  of  techniques  for 
examination  and  diagnosis  are  covered,  including  dental  radiography. 

The  department  presents  courses  for  postgraduate  students  and  offers  graduate 
programs  leading  to  a  master's  or  doctoral  degree.  Research  and  graduate  training 
are  conducted  in  the  pathobiology  of  connective  tissues,  stress  proteins  and  devel- 
opmental biology.  Also  graduate  training  programs  are  offered  in  surgical  and  clin- 
ical oral  pathology. 

DPAT  528.  Principles  of  Biomedicine  ( 1 2) 


30  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


ORTHODONTICS 
Chain  William  \1.  1  >a\  idson 

Professor:    Davidson 

Associate  Professors:    [oscll,  Shrofl 

(llinic.il  Associate  Professors:    Pavlick,  K.  \\  illi.nns 

Clinical  Assistant  Professors:  Bonebreak,('Engel,  I  one,  Rubier,  Scornavacca, 

Siegel,  Sweren,  Weisberg 
Associate  Staff:   Gipe,  Lawson 

Clinical  Instructor:   Jenkins 

The  prcdoctoral  program  of  Instruc  tion  in  orthodontics  is  directed  toward  provid- 
ing the  dental  student  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to  recognize  an 
established  or  developing  malocclusion,  provide  preventive  and  therapeutic  treat- 
ment within  the  scope  of  the  general  dental  practice,  consult  as  a  team  member  with 
the  specialist,  refer  cases  requiring  specialist  care  as  appropriate  and  coordinate 
comprehensive  care  of  the  patient. 

Instruction  in  orthodontics  occurs  during  all  four  years  of  the  dental  program. 
Didactic  and  laboratory  exercises  provide  a  strong  foundation  for  delivery  of  lim- 
ited orthodontic  treatment  as  part  of  an  adult  and  child  patient's  comprehensive 
dental  care.  Elective  and  clerkship  opportunities  are  available  for  those  who  wish 
to  pursue  additional  course  work  and  clinical  experience. 

The  department  conducts  research  in  growth  and  development,  experimental 
and  diagnostic  imaging,  the  biology  of  tooth  movement,  properties  and  bio-com- 
patibility of  orthodontic  materials  and  the  physiology  of  facial  musculature. 

ORTH  522.  Orthodontics  (I) 

ORTH  538.  Orthodontics  (2) 

ORTH  548.  Orthodontics  (2) 


PEDIATRIC  DENTISTRY 


Chair:  James  T.  Rule 

Professors:  Abrams,  Minah,  Rule,  Wagner 

Clinical  Professor:   Kihn 

Associate  Professors:  Josell,  Owen,  Shelton 

Clinical  Associate  Professors:   Balis,  Coll,  Schulz 

Clinical  Assistant  Professors:  Ackerman,  Crafton,  Ginsberg,  Lyon,  Miller, 

Watson 
Clinical  Instructor:  Jimenez 

The  primary  introduction  to  dentistry  for  children  begins  in  the  third  year  through 
didactic  instruction  and  clinical  experiences  and  continues  during  the  fourth  year 
of  the  dental  program.  The  department  also  presents  lectures  and  laboratory  pro- 


The  Dental  Program 


jects  and  participates  in  Conjoint  Sciences  during  the  first  two  years.  Particular 
attention  is  devoted  to  diagnosis  and  treatment  planning,  preventive  procedures 
including  fluoride  therapy  and  sealants,  nonpunitive  patient  management  tech- 
niques, treatment  of  traumatic  injuries  to  the  primary  and  young  permanent  den- 
tition, restorative  procedures  in  primary  teeth,  pulpal  therapy  and  interceptive 
orthodontics.  In  the  context  of  departmental  educational  goals,  graduates  learn  to 
provide  comprehensive  dental  care  for  the  young  patients  while  encouraging  the 
development  of  a  positive  attitude  toward  dental  care. 

Research  efforts  are  devoted  to  the  study  of  dental  caries  in  minority  popula- 
tions, effects  of  preventive  interventions  on  caries  in  infants  and  young  children, 
nutrition  and  oral  health,  and  the  evaluation  of  therapeutic  agents  by  means  of  clin- 
ical trials. 

PEDS  522.  Pediatric  Dentistry  (I) 

PEDS  538.  Pediatric  Dentistry  (8) 

PEDS  548.  Pediatric  Dentistry  (6) 

PERIODONTICS 

Chair:  John  J.  Bergquist 

Professors:  Bergquist,  G.  Bowers,  Hawley,  Ranney 

Clinical  Professors:   Halpert,  Zupnik 

Research  Professor:   Boughman 

Assistant  Professor:   Guthmiller 

Clinical  Associate  Professors:  Feldman,  Freilich,  Lever,  Plessett,  Serio, 

Winson 
Clinical  Assistant  Professors:  Arceo,  Bowen,  Branch-Mays,  Felthousen, 

Gannon,  Green,  Hayduk,  K.  Hooper,  Kassolis,  Lazzaro,  Morrison,  S.  Park, 

Passaro,  B.  Phillips,  Raulin,  Rosen,  Sachs,  Sindler,  Trail,  Walker,  Welch, 

Zeren 
Research  Assistant  Professors:  J.  Bowers 
Clinical  Instructors:   Barnes,  Curley,  Hatfield,  Maurantonio,  Robson,  L. 

Tewes 

Students  are  introduced  to  fundamental  periodontics  in  lectures  during  the  first 
and  second  years;  clinical  experience  begins  in  the  first  year  of  the  dental  program. 
In  the  third  year,  students  have  didactic  exposure  to  advanced  periodontal  proce- 
dures. Third-  and  fourth-year  students  enter  into  a  learning  contract  that  delineates 
a  set  of  basic  minimum  clinical  experiences.  Interested  students  have  the  opportu- 
nity to  choose  from  a  broad  range  of  additional  experiences  and  to  contract  for  both 
additional  experiences  and  the  grade  the  student  feels  these  experiences  warrant. 
Thus,  individual  students  have  substantial  involvement  in  establishing  their  edu- 
cational goals. 


32  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


I  Ik  department  conducts  research  in  regenerative  therapy,  earh  onset  peri 
odontitis,  microbial  genetic  s,  chemotherapeutu  agents,  conne*  rive  tissue  pathol 
ogy,  periodontal  pathogens,  immunobiology,  implantolog)  and  education. 

PERI  518.  Periodontics  (2) 

PERI  528.  Periodontics  (2) 

PERI  538.  Periodontics  (I  I) 

PERI  548.  Periodontics  (I  I) 

RESTORATIVE  DENTISTRY 


Acting  Chair:   Ronald  B.  Gunderson 

Professors:   Strassler,  Thompson,  von  Fraunhofer 

Associate  Professors:   Gerhardt,  Litkowski,  Wood 

Dental  School  Associate  Professors:   Baer,  Bradbury,  Conway,  Eastwood, 

Faraone,  Payne,  Stevens 
Clinical  Associate  Professors:   Elias,  Feldman,  Greenbaum,  Iddings,  Mort, 

Whi  taker 
Research  Associate  Professor:   Rekow 
Assistant  Professors:  Gunderson,  Hack,  S.  Siegel 
Clinical  Assistant  Professors:  Bahar,  Chu,  Davliakos,  I.  S.  Fried,  Inge, 

Kennedy,  Prymas,  Sachs,  Schwartz,  VandenBosche,  Vera,  Zeller 
Clinical  Instructors:  Azarbal,  Chenette,  Englander,  Forno,  Grebosky,  Kihn, 

Mastella,  Mays,  Morgan,  E.  Morrison,  Noppinger,  Oates,  Savukinas,  Scaggs, 

Skopp,  Tate,  Vail,  Vu, 
Associate  Staff:  Baier,  Suls 

The  department  of  restorative  dentistry  is  responsible  for  major  segments  of  the 
curriculum  encompassing  dental  anatomy,  occlusion,  dental  biomaterials,  opera- 
tive dentistry,  and  fixed  and  removable  prosthodontics. 

The  curriculum  in  the  first  and  second  years  develops  fundamental  knowledge 
and  principles  as  well  as  techniques  and  materials  used  to  restore  damaged  teeth  and 
replace  missing  teeth.  The  preventive  dimension  of  restorative  care  and  treatment 
planning  are  emphasized  as  well.  During  this  period,  limited  but  increasing  clini- 
cal experience,  with  close  faculty  supervision,  augments  and  reinforces  the  didactic 
foundation.  Instruction  includes  lectures,  seminars,  self-instructional  programs, 
laboratory  exercises  and  clinical  simulation. 

In  the  third  and  fourth  years,  lectures  and  seminars  support  comprehensive  clin- 
ical treatment  of  patients  requiring  restorative  dentistry.  Occlusion,  dental  bioma- 
terials, advanced  concepts  in  fixed  and  removable  prosthodontics,  implants  and 
esthetic  dentistry  are  covered  in  seminars  and  selective  courses.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  integrating  the  latest  research  findings  into  this  curriculum.  Clerkships  are 


The  Dental  Program  33 


offered  in  the  fourth  year  to  students  who  demonstrate  unusual  skill  in  the  restora- 
tive area. 

The  department  has  an  active  research  program  including  the  areas  of  adhesive 
bonding  to  tissues  and  restorative  materials,  long-term  clinical  evaluation  of 
"Maryland"  bridges,  novel  methods  of  controlling  tooth  sensitivity,  evaluation  of 
physical  properties  of  numerous  dental  materials,  evaluation  of  osseo-integrated 
implants,  bioactive  ceramics  and  designing  advanced  ceramics  for  CAD/CAM 
restorations. 

REST  511.  Dental  Anatomy/Occlusion  (4) 

REST  5  1 2.  Operative  Dentistry  (5) 

REST  5 1 8.  Dental  Biomaterials  I  (2) 

REST  522.  Dental  Biomaterials  II  (I) 

REST  528.  Fixed  Prosthodontics  (6) 

REST  529A.  Complete  Dentures  (3) 

REST  529B.  Removable  Prosthodontics  (3) 

REST  538A.  Operative  Dentistry  (7) 

REST  538B.  Fixed  Prosthodontics  (6) 

REST  538C.  Removable  Prosthodontics  (8) 

REST  548A.  Operative  Dentistry  (5) 

REST  548B.  Fixed  Prosthodontics  (10) 

REST  548C.  Removable  Prosthodontics  (8) 


34  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Dental  Hygiene  Programs 


Chair:   Linda  DeVore 

Associate  Professor:   DeVore,  Fried,  Parker 
Assistant  Professor:  Syme 
Dental  School  Assistant  Professor:  Dean 
Clinical  Instructor:   Bress 

Academic  Advisors:  Syme  (Preprofessional  B.S.  Program),  Fried  (Degree 
Completion  B.S.  Program),  Parker  (Graduate  Program) 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

The  Dental  School  offers  both  a  Bachelor  of  Science  and  a  Master  of  Science  degree 
in  dental  hygiene.  The  baccalaureate  degree  can  be  earned  in  one  of  two  educational 
programs:  the  Preprofessional/Professional  Program  and  the  Degree  Completion 
Program.  The  objective  of  both  baccalaureate  programs  is  to  develop  in  the  stu- 
dents the  knowledge,  skills,  attitudes  and  values  needed  to  assume  positions  of 
responsibility  in  a  variety  of  health  care,  educational,  research  and  community  set- 
tings. In  addition,  these  programs  are  designed  to  provide  a  foundation  for  gradu- 
ate study  in  dental  hygiene  or  related  disciplines.  Information  about  the  graduate 
program  in  dental  hygiene  begins  on  page  71  of  the  Advanced  Education  section. 
The  dental  hygienist,  as  a  member  of  the  oral  health  care  team,  strives  to  improve 
oral  health  by  providing  preventive  and  educational  services  to  the  public.  Clinical 
dental  hygiene  services  include  assessing  patients'  general  and  oral  health  status, 
removing  deposits  and  stains  from  teeth,  taking  dental  x-rays  and  applying  fluo- 
rides and  sealants.  Educational  and  management  services  for  individuals  and/or 
groups  may  include  providing  nutritional  and  oral  hygiene  counseling;  conducting 
educational  programs;  and  planning,  implementing  and  evaluating  community 
oral  health  programs. 


EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITIES  IN  DENTAL  HYGIENE 

The  majority  of  dental  hygienists  are  employed  in  private  dental  offices.  However, 
there  are  increasing  opportunities  for  those  with  baccalaureate  and  graduate  degrees 
in  dental  hygiene  education;  community,  school  and  public  health  programs;  pri- 
vate and  public  institutions;  armed  forces;  research;  and  other  special  areas  of 
practice. 

Current  dental  hygiene  graduates  working  full-time  can  anticipate  initial  annual 
income  of  approximately  $37,000,  depending  on  the  area,  responsibilities,  type  of 
practice  and  general  economic  conditions. 


36  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


PREPROFESSIONAL/PROFESSIONAL 
BACCALAUREATE  PROGRAM 


1  his  program  consists  oi  two  main  pans:  a  iwo  w.n  preproressional  curriculum  ai 
one  ot  the  three  Universit)   oi  Maryland  campuses  (College  Park,  Baltimore 
c  \umt\  01  Eastern  Shore)  or  .n  anothei  aa  redited  college,  community  colli 
university,  and  a  two  or  (hive  year  professional  curriculum  ai  the  I  Cental  S<  hool, 
University  oi  Maryland  ai  Baltimore. 


TWO-YEAR  PREPROFESSIONAL  CURRICULUM 


A  listing  of  the  courses  and  credit  hour  requirements  for  the  preprofessional  cur- 
riculum follows.  These  courses  provide  a  foundation  in  basic  sciences,  social  sci- 
ences and  general  education.  Students  are  encouraged  to  meet  with  the  dental 
hygiene  advisor  each  semester  to  ensure  appropriate  course  scheduling. 

Courses 


English  Composition 

6 

*lnorganic  Chemistry 

4 

^Organic  Chemistry 

4 

General  Zoology  or  Biology 

4 

General  Psychology 

3 

General  Sociology 

3 

Public  Speaking 

3 

*Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

8 

^Microbiology 

4 

Principles  of  Nutrition 

3 

**Humanities 

6 

***Social  Sciences 

6 

Statistics 

3 

Electives 

3 

60 
*These  courses  must  include  a  laboratory  and  meet  the  requirements  for  science 
majors.  Survey  or  terminal  courses  for  nonscience  majors  are  not  acceptable  for 
transfer. 
**Humanities:  Courses  must  be  selected  from  the  following  areas:  literature,  philoso- 
phy, history,  fine  arts,  speech,  math  or  language. 
***Social  Sciences:  General  psychology  and  sociology  are  required;  the  remaining  six 
credits  should  be  selected  from  courses  in  psychology,  sociology,  computer  science,  gov- 
ernment and  politics  or  anthropology. 


Dental  Hygiene  Programs  37 


APPLICATION  AND  ADMISSION  PROCEDURES 


High  school  students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  the  preprofessional  curriculum  should 
request  applications  directly  from  the  admissions  office  of  the  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742;  the  University  of  Maryland  Baltimore 
County,  540 1  Wilkens  Avenue,  Catonsville,  Maryland  2 1 228;  or  the  University  of 
Maryland  Eastern  Shore,  Princess  Anne,  Maryland  21853;  or  any  accredited  col- 
lege, community  college  or  university. 

It  is  recommended  that  those  preparing  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  dental 
hygiene  pursue  an  academic  program  in  high  school  which  includes  courses  in  biol- 
ogy, chemistry,  algebra  and  social  sciences.  Applicants  should  note  the  University 
of  Maryland  policy  concerning  prevention  and  management  of  student  and 
employee  infection  with  bloodborne  pathogens,  page  124.  In  addition,  individu- 
als who  may  have  had  a  prior  or  subsequent  conviction  or  nolo  contendre  plea  for  a 
felony  may  encounter  denial  or  removal  of  licensure  to  practice  dental  hygiene  after 
graduation. 


TWO-  AND  THREE-YEAR  PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULA 


TWO-YEAR  PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULUM 

The  professional  curriculum  includes  clinical  and  didactic  courses  in  the  Dental 
School.  Throughout  these  two  years,  dental  hygiene  students  work  concurrently 
with  dental  students  to  provide  patient  care. 

During  the  first  year,  students  expand  upon  their  preprofessional  basic  science 
knowledge  as  it  pertains  to  dental  hygiene  practice.  In  both  laboratory  and  clinical 
settings  the  students  begin  to  develop  the  skills,  knowledge  and  judgment  neces- 
sary to  collect  data  for  patient  treatment;  assess  each  patient's  oral  health  status;  and 
select  and  provide  preventive  and  educational  services,  based  on  the  individual 
needs  of  the  patient. 

During  the  second  year,  students  demonstrate  increasing  proficiency  and  self- 
direction  in  assessing  patients'  oral  health  status,  planning  and  providing  preven- 
tive services  and  identifying  the  need  for  consultation  and  referral.  To  enrich  their 
educational  experiences,  students  provide  educational  and/or  clinical  services  in' 
dental  school  specialty  clinics  and  a  variety  of  community  settings,  such  as  hospi- 
tals; schools;  and  facilities  for  the  handicapped,  chronically  ill  and  aged.  Dental 
hygiene  students  also  have  an  opportunity  to  work  with  dental  students  as  primary 
providers  for  the  physically  disabled,  mentally  handicapped  and  individuals  with 
serious  medical  conditions  or  infectious  diseases.  Senior  students  also  take  courses 
in  education,  research  and  management  which  enable  them  to  develop  fundamen- 
tal skills  that  are  necessary  for  various  career  options  within  the  profession. 


38  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Junior  Year 


Prevention  and  Control  of  Oral  Disease  I 


Credit 

Semester  I 


Periodontics  for  the  Dental  Hygienist  I 


f  Oral  Biology 


Education  and  Treatment  Planning  Strategies 


"Oral  Radiology 


'  These  courses  extend  into  the  January  winter  semester. 


Senior  Year 


19 


Semester  2 

Prevention  and  Control  of  Oral  Diseases  II 

5 

Periodontics  for  the  Dental  Hygienist  II 

2 

Care  and  Management  of  the  Special  Patient 

2 

Methods  and  Materials  in  Dentistry 

3 

General  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics 

3 

15 

Credit 
Semester  I 


Advanced  Clinical  Practice  1 

5 

Perspectives  of  Dental  Hygiene  Practice 

3 

Community  Service  1                                                                                                   1 

Community  Oral  Health 

3 

Introduction  to  Oral  Health  Research 

2 

14 
Semester  2 

Educational  Program  Development 

3 

Advanced  Clinical  Practice  II 

5 

Community  Service  II  (optional) 

(1) 

Issues  in  Health  Care  Delivery 

3 

Health  Care  Management 

3 

14  or  15 


THREE-YEAR  PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULUM  OPTION 


Although  most  students  complete  the  professional  curriculum  in  two  years  as  out- 
lined, a  three-year  professional  curriculum  option  is  offered.  This  three-year  plan 
is  a  modification  in  the  sequence  and  number  of  professional  courses  taken  each 
semester.  This  curriculum  can  be  an  attractive  option  for  students  who  may  wish 
to  lighten  their  academic  load  due  to  family  or  work  commitments;  or  for  students 
who  are  otherwise  eligible  to  enter  at  the  junior  level  but  have  not  yet  successfully 
completed  all  of  the  required  preprofessional  courses.  Students  admitted  to  this 
curriculum  must  have  the  recommendation  of  the  program  advisor  and  approval 
of  the  admissions  committee.  Students  enrolled  in  this  curriculum  may  not  have 


Dental  Hygiene  Programs 


39 


full-time  status  for  one  or  more  semesters  of  the  program.  This  may  influence  their 
eligibility  for  certain  scholarships  and  student  insurance  discounts. 


APPLICATION  AND  ADMISSION  PROCEDURES 


College  students  enrolled  in  the  preprofessional  curriculum  should  communicate 
regularly  with  the  dental  hygiene  advisor  at  the  Dental  School  to  ensure  that  the 
courses  selected  satisfy  the  degree  requirements.  After  completion  of  two  semesters 
of  the  preprofessional  curriculum,  students  may  request  an  application  from  the  office 
of  records  and  registration,  621  West  Lombard  Street,  Room  326,  University  of 
Maryland  at  Baltimore,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201;  or  from  the  office  of  admis- 
sions and  student  affairs  of  the  Dental  School.  Applications  for  the  Baltimore  cam- 
pus should  be  received  no  later  than  April  1  prior  to  the  fall  semester  for  which  the 
student  wishes  to  enroll. 

A  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.3  in  the  preprofessional  curriculum  is 
required  and  preference  will  be  given  to  those  students  who  have  high  scholastic 
averages,  especially  in  science  courses.  A  science  grade  point  average  of  3.0  is  gen- 
erally encouraged  for  acceptance. 

Enrollment  at  another  University  of  Maryland  campus  or  completion  of  the 
preprofessional  curriculum  does  not  guarantee  admission  to  the  professional  cur- 
riculum at  the  Dental  School.  Enrollment  in  the  dental  hygiene  program  is  limited. 

Students  who  are  offered  admission  will  be  required  to  send  a  deposit  of  $200 
with  a  letter  of  intent  to  enroll.  This  deposit  will  be  credited  toward  tuition  at  reg- 
istration, but  will  not  be  refunded  in  the  event  of  failure  to  enroll. 


PROJECTED  AVERAGE  EXPENDITURES 

In  addition  to  the  expenses  of  tuition  and  fees,  which  are  listed  on  page  93,  junior 
dental  hygiene  students  should  estimate  spending  $1,500  on  instrument  service, 
uniforms  and  supplies  and  $600  on  textbooks.  Senior  dental  hygiene  students 
should  estimate  spending  $  1 , 1 00  on  instrument  service  and  supplies,  $300  on  text- 
books and  $600  on  regional  and  national  board  examination  fees.  Field  experiences 
in  both  the  junior  and  senior  years  may  entail  additional  costs  for  travel  and/or 
meals  at  sites  outside  the  Dental  School. 


GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 


Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  dental  hygiene  must  complete  the 
preprofessional  and  the  professional  curricula  as  outlined.  Students  must  achieve  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.0,  complete  a  total  of  122  credits,  and  satisfy 
all  financial  obligations  to  the  university  to  be  eligible  for  graduation. 


40  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


NATIONAL  AND  REGIONAL  BOARD  EXAMINATIONS 

Clinical  and  comprehensive  written  examinations  arc  given  in  i lu  spring  <>t  the 
senioi  veai .  Successful  completion  o(  these  exams  is  necessary  to  obtain  a  license  to 
prac  tice  dental  hygiene. 


COURSES 


DHYG    311.    Prevention    and    Control    of  Oral    Disease    I    (6).   The   study 

of  the  morphologic  characteristics  and  physiologic  relationships  of  teeth  and  sup- 
porting structures;  and  the  basic  foundation  for  clinical  dental  hygiene  practice  are 
presented  in  lectures,  class  discussions  and  audiovisual  presentations.  Simulation 

and  clinical  experiences  provide  the  opportunity  for  practical  application  of  the 
principles  and  procedures  for  the  identification,  prevention  and  control  of  oral 
diseases. 

DHYG  312.  Oral  Biology  (7).  The  study  of  embryology  and  histology;  anatomy 
and  physiology;  microbiology;  and  pathology  with  emphasis  on  the  head,  neck  and 
oral  cavity  are  presented  in  lecture,  laboratory  and  audiovisual  format. 

DHYG  313.  Education  and  Treatment  Planning  Strategies  (2).  The  study 
of  the  elements  of  human  behavior,  principles  of  learning,  methods  of  teaching  and 
principles  of  communication  as  they  relate  to  teaching  oral  health  care  to  individ- 
uals and  groups.  Classroom  discussions,  small  group  activities  and  clinical  experi- 
ences provide  the  opportunity  for  application  of  these  topics. 

DHYG  314.  Periodontics  for  the  Dental  Hygienist  I  (2).  The  study  of  the  eti- 
ology, diagnosis  and  pathogenesis  of  periodontal  diseases  as  well  as  the  anatomy 
and  morphology  of  the  tooth  root  and  surrounding  supportive  structures  are  pre- 
sented in  lecture  and  discussion  sessions. 

DHYG  32 1 .  Prevention  and  Control  of  Oral  Diseases  11(5).  The  study  of  prin- 
ciples and  procedures  for  the  prevention  of  oral  disease  including  dental  health  edu- 
cation, oral  hygiene  measures,  dietary  control  of  dental  disease,  use  of  fluorides, 
sealants  and  the  oral  prophylaxis  are  presented  in  lecture,  discussion  and  clinical 
sessions.  Students  work  with  dental  students  to  simulate  the  postgraduation  team 
delivery  of  dental  care. 

DHYG  322.  Community  Oral  Health  (3).  Methods  of  determining  community 
oral  health  status,  identifying  barriers  to  optimum  health,  and  selecting  appropri- 
ate interventions  are  presented  concurrently  with  community  program  planning 
activities.  Throughout  the  course,  the  role  of  the  dental  hygienist  in  community 
oral  health  is  emphasized. 


Dental  Hygiene  Programs 


DHYG  323.  Care  and  Management  of  the  Special  Patient  (2).  Through  class- 
room discussion,  reading  assignments  and  independent  study,  dental  hygiene  stu- 
dents develop  an  understanding  of  the  care  and  management  of  special  patients  for 
whom  routine  care  may  be  complicated  by  age  or  complex  health  factors. 

DHYG  324.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Dentistry  (3).  An  introduction  to  the 
science  of  dental  materials,  including  the  composition  and  utilization  of  dental 
materials  as  they  apply  to  clinical  dental  hygiene  procedures,  dental  assisting  and 
patient  education,  is  presented  in  lecture,  class  discussion  and  laboratory  format. 

DPHR  325.  General  Pharmacology  and  Oral  Therapeutics  (3).  The  study  of 
drugs  and  their  use  in  the  treatment,  diagnosis  and  prevention  of  disease;  the 
absorption,  distribution,  metabolism,  excretion  and  mechanism  of  action  of  drugs; 
and  drug  interactions,  rationale  for  use,  indications  and  contraindications  are  pre- 
sented in  lecture  and  class  discussion  format.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  relevance 
of  this  information  to  providing  patient  care. 

DHYG  326.  Oral  Radiology  (2) .  By  means  of  lecture,  laboratory  and  clinic  activ- 
ities, the  students  are  introduced  to  the  science  of  ionizing  radiation;  the  produc- 
tion and  effects  of  x-rays;  and  the  various  techniques  of  oral  roentgenography. 
Students  gain  experience  exposing,  processing,  mounting,  assessing  the  diagnostic 
quality  of  and  interpreting  radiographs.  The  rationale  and  practices  to  insure  radi- 
ation safety  are  stressed  throughout  the  course. 

DHYG  327.  Periodontics  for  the  Dental  Hygienist  II  (2).  The  study  of  the  dis- 
eases of  the  periodontium  focusing  on  the  management,  therapeutics  and  preven- 
tion of  periodontal  diseases  is  presented  through  lecture  and  classroom  discussion. 

DHYG  411-421.  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  I  and  II  (5-5).  Clinical  experi- 
ences in  principles  and  procedures  of  dental  hygiene  practice  are  provided  in  gen- 
eral dentistry  clinics  through  a  concurrent  patient  treatment  program  with  dental 
students.  Students  have  the  opportunity  to  participate  in  alternative  practice  set- 
tings through  block  assignments  to  dental  specialty  clinics  within  the  school. 
Students  prepare  and  present  a  case  presentation  in  the  spring  semester. 

DHYG  412.  Perspectives  of  Dental  Hygiene  Practice  (3).  Students  have  the 
opportunity  to  explore  advanced  principles  and  skills  of  dental  hygiene  practice. 
The  primary  focus  of  the  course  is  divided  into  three  major  units:  pain  control, 
advanced  periodontics  including  implants,  and  oral-facial  pain.  Also  included  in 
the  course  is  an  introduction  to  intra-oral  photography  and  case  documentation. 
The  emphasis  of  this  course  is  to  broaden  the  student's  perspective  of  dental 
hygiene  practice  as  it  exists  across  the  country. 

DHYG  413-423.  Community  Service  I  and  II  (1-1).  The  externship  program 
provides  opportunities  for  senior  students  to  select  experiences  beyond  those  given 
within  the  Dental  School  setting.  The  selection  of  the  community  site  is  based  on 
the  student's  interests  and  career  goals.  Sites  include  well-baby  clinics,  prenatal  clin- 
ics, community  health  centers,  nursing  homes,  senior  citizen  centers,  facilities  for 


42  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


the  handicapped,  hospitals,  militar)  clinics  and  schools,  da)  um-  centers,  public 
health  department  and  reseaix  h  centers.  (DHYG  i23  is  optional.) 

DHYG  414.  I  iiiK.ttion.il  Program  Development  (3),  Students  in  this  course 
have  i Ik-  opportunity  to  exploit-  various  ways  in  which  effective  instructional  skills 
ma)  contribute  to  a  careei  in  dental  hygiene.  1  eai  ning  expei  iences  are  designed  to 
enable  the  student  to  develop  these  skills  and  to  project  theit  application  in  such 
areas  .is  public  school  systems,  community  health  programs,  highet  edu<  arion  and 
consumer  education. 

DHYG  416.  Introduction  to  Oral  Health  Research  (2).  Thiscoursc  is  designed 
to  acquaint  students  with  research  methodology  and  iis  application  to  the  dental 
hygiene  profession.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  heightening  student  awareness  o(  the 

need  tor  dental  hygiene  research,  developing  student  capabilities  to  identify 

research  problems  and  design  and  execute  meaningful  research  studies,  a\m\ 
enabling  students  to  accurately  appraise  the  quality  of  research  reports. 

DHYG  418  or  428  Practicum  (1);  DHYG  424.  Special  Topics  (1).  Students 
are  provided  an  opportunity  to  pursue  in-depth  topics  of  special  interest.  The  pro- 
gram of  study  is  designed  by  each  student  and  approved  by  faculty  prior  to  the 
beginning  of  the  course.  The  study  program  may  relate  to  an  area  of  interest  in  clin- 
ical dental  hygiene,  education,  management  or  research  and  may  consist  of  special 
reading  assignments,  reports,  conferences,  and  possibly  clinic,  laboratory  or  extra- 
mural experience.  (Optional) 

DHYG  425.  Issues  in  Health  Care  Delivery  (3).  Students  examine  and  analyze 
the  issues  that  affect  the  broad  spectrum  of  health  care  delivery.  Select  topics  of 
interest  include  ethics  and  professional  responsibility,  inequities  in  health  care 
delivery  and  health  care  legislation.  Students  present  table  clinics  on  timely  oral 
health  topics  or  deliver  reports  on  women's  health  issues. 

DHYG  427.  Health  Care  Management  (3).  Students  are  introduced  to  skills 
essential  for  effective  management  in  their  personal  and  professional  roles.  Areas  of 
emphasis  include  the  dental  team  environment,  managerial  planning  and  decision- 
making, fiscal  issues,  career  planning,  resumes  and  interviewing.  Management 
principles  are  applied  to  a  variety  of  oral  health  care  delivery  settings. 


DEGREE  COMPLETION  BACCALAUREATE  PROGRAM 

The  degree  completion  program  provides  the  opportunity  for  registered  dental 
hygienists  who  hold  a  certificate  or  associate  degree  to  pursue  studies  leading  to  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  dental  hygiene.  The  curriculum  is  designed  in  two 
phases  of  full-  or  part-time  study  to  meet  each  individual's  academic,  clinical  and 
career  interests. 


Dental  Hygiene  Programsn  43 


PROGRAM  REQUIREMENTS 


Phase  I:  General  Requirements.  Phase  I  consists  of  the  student's  previous  dental 
hygiene  courses  and  general  course  requirements,  totaling  90  semester  credits.  Gen- 
eral course  requirements  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  may  be  taken  at  any  one  of 
the  three  University  of  Maryland  campuses  (College  Park,  Baltimore  County  or 
Eastern  Shore)  or  at  another  accredited  college  or  university.  The  courses  required 
are  the  same  as  those  listed  in  the  Preprofessional  Program  freshman  and  sopho- 
more years,  except  only  one  chemistry  and  one  anatomy/physiology  course  is 
required.  Transfer  credits  are  granted  for  general  requirements  and  dental  hygiene 
courses  from  an  accredited  program.  To  obtain  transfer  credit,  students  must  attain 
a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  courses  taken  at  an  institution  outside  the  Maryland 
state  university  system.  Consultation  with  the  degree  completion  program  director 
regarding  transfer  courses  is  recommended. 

Phase  II:  Degree  Completion  Requirements.  The  degree  completion  program  at  the 
Dental  School  consists  of  two  core  seminars  totaling  four  credit  hours  (DHYG  410, 
420);  senior  level  didactic  courses,  totaling  14  credit  hours  (DHYG  412,  414,  416, 
424  [optional],  425  and  427);  and  12  credit  hours  of  approved  academic  electives, 
generally  taken  at  another  campus  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  A  variable  credit 
practicum  course,  DHYG  418—428,  may  be  taken  for  elective  credit. 


CURRICULUM  PLANNING 


Registered  dental  hygienists  should  submit  to  the  degree  completion  program 
director  transcripts  from  their  dental  hygiene  program  and  all  other  institutions 
attended,  so  that  transfer  credits  may  be  evaluated  and  a  program  developed  to  sat- 
isfy remaining  requirements.  Students  should  meet  regularly  with  the  advisor  to 
ensure  appropriate  course  scheduling  in  Phase  I. 


APPLICATION  AND  ADMISSION  PROCEDURES 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  course  requirements,  the  student  applying  for 
admission  to  the  degree  completion  program  at  the  Dental  School  must: 

1.  Be  a  graduate  of  an  accredited  dental  hygiene  program. 

2.  Be  licensed  in  at  least  one  state. 

3.  Have  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.5. 

Applications  for  admission  may  be  obtained  from  the  office  of  records  and  reg- 
istration, University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  621  West  Lombard  Street,  Room 
326,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201  or  from  the  office  of  admissions  and  student 
affairs  in  the  Dental  School.  Applications  should  be  received  no  later  than  April  1 
prior  to  the  fall  semester  for  which  the  student  wishes  to  enroll. 


44  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Enrollment  ai  anothei  University  *>i  Maryland  campus  does  noi  guarantee 
admission  to  the  degree  completion  program  ai  the  I  Cental  School.  I  nrollmem  in 
the  degree  completion  program  is  limited. 

Students  who  arc  offered  admission  \mII  be  required  i«»  send  .1  deposit  oi 
with  .1  lettei  of  intent  to  enroll.  rhis  deposit  will  be  credited  toward  tuition  at 
istration,  but  will  not  be  refunded  in  tin-  event  ot  failure  to  enroll. 


STUDENT  EXPENSES 


Tuition  dud  tecs  are  listed  on  page  94.  The  charges  for  instrument  service,  supplies 
and  uniforms  are  not  applicable  for  degree  completion  students.  Textbook  costs 
would  be  considerably  lower. 


GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 


One  hundred  twenty  semester  credit  hours  are  required  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  the  degree  completion  dental  hygiene  program.  The  last  30  credit  hours 
toward  the  baccalaureate  degree  must  be  taken  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
Courses  not  offered  at  the  Dental  School  will  be  taken  at  another  University  of 
Maryland  campus. 


COURSES    

See  pages  42-43  for  course  descriptions  of  DHYG  412,  414,  416,  424,  425  and 
427. 

DHYG  410-420.  Seminar  in  Dental  Hygiene  (3-1)  (degree  completion  only). 

Reinforcement,  updating  and  expansion  of  dental  hygiene  professional  skills, 
knowledge  and  attitudes.  Topic  areas  which  are  explored  through  seminar,  labora- 
tory and  extramural  formats  include  dental  public  health,  preventive  dentistry, 
process  of  dental  hygiene  care  and  options  for  dental  hygiene  practice.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  developing  oral  and  written  communication  skills  necessary  for  the  den- 
tal hygienist  in  a  variety  of  health  care,  educational,  research  or  community  settings. 

DHYG  418-428.  Dental  Hygiene  Practicum  (1-4/1-4)*.  Individually  designed 
didactic  and/or  clinical  experiences  in  a  special  area  of  dental  hygiene  clinical  prac- 
tice, teaching,  community  dental  health  or  research. 

^Elective  variable  credit  course  that  requires  approval  of  degree  completion  program 
director. 


Dental  Hygiene  Programs  45 


Advanced  Education  Programs 


APPLICATION/ADMISSION 


All  applicants  for  specialty  and  residenc  y  programs  must  hold  tin.  1  ).l  ).S.,  I  ).\l.l  ). 
01  equivalcni  degree,  and  must  give  evidence  ol  high  scholastic  achievement.  All 
programs  require  a  supplemental  application,  oflfk  ial  trans<  ripts  ol  undergraduate 
and  dental  school  course  work  and  three  letters  of  recommendation.  With  the 
exception  o(  prosthodontics,  all  programs  additionally  require  official  transcripts 
ol  P.uts  1  and  11  ol  the  National  Boards.  Applicants  who  arc  not  citizens  oi  per- 
manent residents  of  the  United  States  must  present  evidence  of  mastering  English 
as  a  foreign  language  (a  minimum  score  of  550  on  the  TOEFL  examination  is 
required),  and  must  provide  evidence  of  financial  support  for  their  studies.  Further, 
graduates  of  non-U. S. /Canadian  dental  schools  may  be  required  to  furnish  a  trans- 
lation and  evaluation,  in  English,  of  their  academic  record  by  a  certified  agency. 
Individual  specialty  training  programs  may  impose  additional  requirements  as 
indicated  within  their  program  descriptions. 

Applications  to  the  programs  in  advanced  education  in  general  dentistry,  gen- 
eral practice  residency,  oral-maxillofacial  surgery  and  pediatric  dentistry  must  be 
made  through  the  Postdoctoral  Application  Support  Service  (PASS).  Applications 
to  programs  in  endodontics,  orthodontics,  periodontics  and  prosthodontics  should 
be  made  directly  to  the  Dental  School. 

To  be  interviewed  and  considered  for  admission  to  an  advanced  education  pro- 
gram in  general  dentistry,  general  practice  residency,  oral-maxillofacial  surgery, 
orthodontics,  pediatric  dentistry  and  prosthodontics,  applicants  must  participate 
in  the  National  Matching  Service. 

The  endodontics  and  periodontics  programs  do  not  participate  in  the  National 
Matching  Service  and  make  offers  directly  to  applicants. 

Students  intending  to  pursue  a  Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degree  must  submit  a  separate  application  to  the  Graduate  School. 

The  application  deadline  for  all  programs  beginning  in  July  is  October  1  of  the 
preceding  year,  with  the  exception  of  pediatric  dentistry,  which  has  a  deadline  date 
of  November  15. 

Prior  to  applying  to  the  Dental  School,  potential  applicants  should  note  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  policy  concerning  prevention  and  manage- 
ment of  student  and  employee  infection  with  bloodborne  pathogens,  page  124.  In 
addition,  while  the  admissions  process  does  not  include  questions  concerning  any 
prior  criminal  activity,  individuals  who  may  have  had  a  prior  or  subsequent  con- 
viction or  nolo  contendre  plea  for  a  felony  may  encounter  denial  or  removal  of 
licensure. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  47 


All  requests  for  applications  and  additional  information  pertaining  to  specialty 
and  residency  programs  should  be  directed  to: 

Advanced  Dental  Education  Programs 

Office  of  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs,  Room  4-A-22 

Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 

Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 

666  West  Baltimore  Street 

Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 

All  requests  for  applications  or  information  pertaining  to  the  graduate  programs 
should  be  directed  to: 

University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore 
5401  Wilkens  Avenue 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21228 


SPECIALTY  PROGRAMS 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


Advanced  Specialty  Education  certificate  programs  are  designed  to  provide  suc- 
cessful candidates  eligibility  for  examination  by  the  appropriate  specialty  boards 
under  the  Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation  of  the  American  Dental 
Association.  Programs  of  24  months  each  are  offered  in  the  following  disciplines: 
endodontics  and  pediatric  dentistry.  The  periodontics  program  is  30  to  36  months' 
duration;  the  programs  in  orthodontics  and  prosthodontics  are  36  months;  the 
oral-maxillofacial  surgery  residency/M.D.  program,  extends  over  a  period  of  six 
years. 

Qualified  applicants  for  advanced  specialty  education  programs  may  seek  dual 
enrollment  as  candidates  in  combined  certificate/degree  programs.  Successful  can- 
didates are  awarded  a  certificate  in  a  clinical  specialty  by  the  Dental  School  and  the 
degree  Master  of  Science  in  Oral  Biology  by  the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate 
School,  Baltimore.  Programs  are  also  available  for  those  who  wish  to  pursue  a  grad- 
uate degree  in  oral  and  craniofacial  biological  sciences  concurrently  with  clinic  spe- 
cialty education. 

All  programs  are  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation,  the 
Commission  on  Recognition  of  Postsecondary  Accreditation  and  the  United  States 
Department  of  Education. 


48  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


FACILITIES 

All  spec  ialrj  programs  except  oral  maxillofacial  surgery  utilize  individual  operaco 
ries  on  the  third  flooi  ol  the  Dental  School  in  an  area  designated  Ad\  suiced  Spe 
cialt)  Clinics.  Programs  provide  conference  rooms  foi  students  and  maintain 
appropriate  laboratory  and  research  facilities.  Students  have  access  t<>  departmen 
tal  libraries,  the  Health  Sciences  I  ibrar)  on  the  campus  .is  well  as  the  National 
Library  oi  Medicine  in  Bethesda,  Maryland.  Also  available  within  the  Dental 
SJiool  is  .in  Independent  1  earning  ( 'enter  where  students  may  utilize  materials  in 
a  variety  oi  media  The  program  in  oral-maxillofaciaJ  surgery  is  based  in  University 
1  [ospital,  a  large  metropolitan  teaching  hospital  adjacent  to  the  I  Cental  School. 


FINANCIAL  SUPPORT 


Stipends  for  postgraduate  candidates  may  be  available  on  a  limited  basis.  Informa- 
tion regarding  the  extent  of  these  stipends  can  be  obtained  by  writing  to  individual 
program  directors. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  CERTIFICATION 

A  postgraduate  certificate  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  have  satisfied  all  require- 
ments of  the  program  and  have  paid  all  debts  to  the  university. 


ACADEMIC  STANDARDS  FOR  CERTIFICATION 

In  the  evaluation  of  postgraduate  student  performance,  the  following  letter  grades 
are  used: 

A,  B,  C         -        passing 

F  -        failing 

I  -         incomplete 

Students  must  maintain  an  overall  B  average.  A  course  in  which  a  grade  of  less  than 
B  is  received  may  be  repeated  at  the  discretion  of  the  department.  The  grade  in  the 
repeated  course,  whether  it  is  higher  or  lower  than  the  original  grade,  replaces  the 
original  grade.  All  failing  and  incomplete  grades  must  be  removed  before  a  certifi- 
cate is  conferred.  A  course  with  an  incomplete  grade  does  not  have  to  be  repeated, 
but  the  requirements  of  the  course  must  be  satisfied  before  a  certificate  is  conferred. 
Further,  students  must  demonstrate  clinical  competency  in  all  areas  of  patient 
management  and  treatment.  Any  student  who  fails  to  meet  these  academic  stan- 
dards in  a  given  semester  may  not  be  permitted  to  continue  in  the  program. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  49 


ENDODONTICS 


Objectives 

•  To  provide  the  endodontic  resident  with  an  in-depth  background  in  the  basic 
sciences  as  related  to  the  discipline  and  practice  of  endodontics. 

•  To  provide  the  resident  with  appropriate  clinical  experiences  which  will  result 
in  proficiency  in  the  practice  of  endodontics. 

•  To  develop  the  skills  necessary  for  the  graduate  to  become  competent  in  the  area 
of  research. 

•  To  inform  residents  of  the  necessity  and  advantages  of  participation  in  orga- 
nized dentistry. 

•  To  develop  the  knowledge  base  for  graduates  to  become  diplomates  of  the 
American  Board  of  Endodontics. 

•  To  prepare  residents  to  seek  a  career  in  the  private  practice  of  endodontics, 
research  and/or  endodontic  education. 

Scope  of  Training 

The  program  integrates  both  biological  and  clinical  sciences.  Lectures,  seminars 
and  literature  reviews  cover  diagnosis,  treatment  planning,  treatment  objectives 
and  a  variety  of  topics  related  to  endodontics  and  to  dentistry  in  general.  Students 
attend  professional  meetings  and  continuing  education  courses  held  within  the 
university  and  in  the  Baltimore- Washington  area. 

The  heaviest  concentration  of  basic  science  material  is  in  the  first  year  of  study. 
During  that  year,  the  student  is  expected  to  choose  a  research  topic  and  to  write  a 
protocol  for  presentation  to  the  faculty  and  other  graduate  students.  The  results  of 
this  research  are  presented  at  a  special  seminar  in  the  last  semester  of  study  and,  if 
possible,  at  a  national  meeting.  Interspersed  with  the  basic  science  courses  are  a  vari- 
ety of  clinical  courses  supervised  by  trained  specialists  from  a  variety  of  back- 
grounds. 

The  second  year  of  study  emphasizes  clinical  endodontics  including  conven- 
tional treatment,  retreatment,  management  of  emergencies,  endodontics  and 
surgery.  Residents  devote  a  significant  amount  of  time  and  effort  to  completion  of 
their  research  projects.  Also,  appropriate  time  is  devoted  to  clinical  teaching  dur- 
ing this  year. 


50  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Site  of  Training 

I  Ik-  m.i|oi  site  of  training  is  ai  the  1  Cental  S<  Kool,  in<  luding  the  Spc*  ial  Patieni 
Clink  and  \ch  anced  General  Dentistry  (  Jinic.  I  lowever,  rotations  at  t  lu  National 
Institutes  ol  I  [ealth  and  the  Veterans  Affairs  Medical  (  entei  are  .ils<>  included  in 
the  1  ndodontk  program. 

Number  of  Positions 
Four 

Stipends 

Stipends  are  provided  tor  Near  II  residents  and  may  be  available  in  Year  I. 

Faculty 

1  liomasC'.  Duinsha,  M.S.,  D.D.S.,  Chairman,  Diplomats, 

American  Board  of  Endodontics 
s  Jeffrey  1 1  inter,  D.M.D.,  M.A.,  Program  Director,  Diplomats 

American  Board  of  Endodontics 
Irving  Abramson,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Endodontics 
Bryan  Beebe,  D.D.S. 
Richard  Fein,  D.M.D. 
Edward  K.  Gamson,  D.D.S.,  M.S. 

James  L.  Gutmann,  D.D.S.  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Endodontics 
Eric  Hovland,  D.D.S.,  M.B.A.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Endodontics 
John  Hyson,  D.D.S.,  M.S. 

William  Patrick  Kelly,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Endodontics 
»  Neville  McDonald,  B.D.S.,  M.S. 
Frederick  J.  Quarantillo,  D.D.S,  M.S. 
Howard  E.  Schunick,  D.D.S. 
PiroozA.  Zia,  B.D.S.,  M.S.D. 

Special  Admission  Guidelines 

•  High  scholastic  achievement. 

•  Clinical  experience  weighted  heavily. 

•  A  personal  interview  is  desirable. 

Length  of  Program 

24  months  -  certificate 

30  months  -  certificate  and  master's  degree 


Advanced  Education  Programs  5 1 


Curriculum 

Year  I 

ENDO  558A 
ENDO  567B 
ENDO  568A 
ENDO  568B 
ENDO  569A 
ENDO  569B 
ENDO  578A 
ENDO  578B 
ENDO  579A 

ENDO  588A 
ENDO  589A 

ENDO  598A 
ENDO  599A 
DANA  61 8 
DANA  622 
DANA  633 
DANA  638 
DMIC  609 
DMIC  622 
DPHR  636 
DPHR656 
DPHS  639 


Graduate  Conjoint  Seminar 

Advanced  Case  Analysis 

Fundamentals  of  Endodontics 

Treatment  Planning  Seminar 

Clinical  Endodontics 

Endodontic  Techniques 

Biological  Bases  for  Pulpal  Therapy 

Research  in  Endodontics 

Experimental  Bases  for  Conventional 

Endodontic  Therapy 

Biological  Bases  for  Periradicular  Therapy 

Experimental  Bases  for  Nonconventional 

Endo  Therapy 

Current  Endodontic  Literature 

Special  Topics 

Head  and  Neck  Anatomy 

Oral  Histology  and  Embryology 

Temporomandibular  Joint 

Data  Analysis  Research 

Special  Problems  in  Microbiology 

Immunology  and  Oral  Diseases 

Pharmacology  of  Anesthetic  Drugs 

Dental  Toxicology 

Oral  Neurophysiology  Seminar 


Credits 
2 
1 
2 
4 
48 
3 
3 
6 

3 
3 

3 

2 
1 
2 
2 
1 

3 
1 
3 
3 
2 
1 


Year  II  Credits 

ENDO  558C  Graduate  Conjoint  Seminar  2 

ENDO  567D  Advanced  Case  Analysis  1 

ENDO  568C  Clinical  Emergencies  in  Endodontics  12 

ENDO  568D  Treatment  Planning  Seminar  4 

ENDO  569C  Advanced  Clinical  Endodontics  36 

ENDO  569D  Pedagogical  Techniques  in  Endodontics  2 

ENDO  578C  Biological  Basis  for  Pulpal  Therapy  3 

ENDO  578D  Research  in  Endodontics  6 

ENDO  579C  Experimental  Bases  for  Conventional  Endo  Therapy  3 

ENDO  588C  Biological  Bases  for  Periradicular  Therapy  3 

ENDO  589C  Experimental  Bases  for  Nonconventional 

Endo  Therapy  3 

ENDO  598C  Current  Endodontic  Literature  2 

ENDO  599  Special  Topics  1 

DPAT  6 1 2  Oral  Pathology  Problems  I  2 

DPAT  6 1 3  Oral  Pathology  Problems  II  2 

DPHS  64 1  Physiology  of  Pain  2 


52 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


ORAL-MAXILLOFACIAL  SURGERY 


Objectives 

•  [*o  prepare  individuals  fbi  a  ( areei  in  die  spec  ialtyoforal  maxillofacial  sure 

•  To  fulfill  cJiK.iiKMi.il  requirements  for  specialty  certification  In  (In-  American 
Board  of  t  )ral  and  Maxillofac  ial  Surgei  \ . 

•  1  0  fulfill  the  requirements  for  specialty  training  of  the  Council  on  Dental 
Education  (Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation)  of  the  American  Dental 
\ssoi  iation. 

•  To  fulfill  thccduc.ition.il  requirements  for  the  M.l).  degree  and  licensure. 

Scope  of  Training 

During  the  first  year,  students  enter  residency  training  in  oral-maxillofacial  surgery 
.it  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System  and  Dental  School.  Students  par- 
ticipate in  clinical  exodontia  and  other  dentoalveolar  surgery.  They  attend  patient 
rounds,  oral  pathology  and  physical  assessment  course  work,  surgical-orthodontic 
conferences,  implant  conferences,  and  are  assigned  a  two-month,  off-service  rota- 
tion with  the  department  of  anesthesiology. 

During  the  second  and  third  years  of  the  residency,  the  oral-maxillofacial 
surgery  residents  will  enter  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  at  the 
level  of  the  first  clinical  year.  The  residents  will  be  undergraduate  medical  students 
for  these  two  years.  At  the  end  of  the  third  year  of  the  program  the  trainees  will 
graduate  with  an  M.D.  degree  after  they  have  successfully  achieved  all  medical 
school  requirements. 

In  the  fourth  year  of  residency,  the  resident  will  enter  a  one-year  internship  in 
general  surgery  at  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine.  This  one-year 
period  of  training  will  qualify  the  resident  to  obtain  medical  licensure  in  most 
states.  During  this  period  of  time,  the  trainee  will  gain  experience  in  both  general 
medical  management  of  the  surgical  patient  and  in  principles  of  general  surgery 
with  rotations  in  trauma  surgery,  plastic  surgery,  neurosurgery  and  surgical  inten- 
sive care. 

The  fifth  year  of  the  residency  program  is  at  University  Hospital  and  the 
Dental  School.  Graduate  instruction  in  head  and  neck  anatomy,  advanced  oral 
pathology,  pharmacology,  physiology  and  microbiology  is  required.  Fifth-year  res- 
idents perform  complex  ambulatory  surgery  in  the  surgery  clinic  of  the  Dental 
School.  In  addition,  fifth-year  residents  are  introduced  to  major  maxillofacial 
surgery  procedures  in  the  operating  room.  Trainees  attend  all  departmental  con- 
ferences and  receive  advanced  instruction  in  oral-maxillofacial  surgery.  Research  is 
considered  an  important  factor  and  all  trainees  are  required  to  participate  in  a 
research  project  during  the  fifth  year. 

The  sixth  year  of  residency  is  at  University  Hospital,  the  Maryland  Institute  for 
Emergency  Medical  Services  Systems  and  affiliated  hospitals.  The  chief  residents 
are  responsible  for  the  direction  of  the  surgical  team  on  their  service,  and  for  the 
care  of  hospitalized  patients.  During  this  year,  residents  participate  in  all  confer- 
ences held  by  the  department  and  complete  their  research  projects. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  53 


Site  of  Training 

During  the  course  of  the  program,  students  will  rotate  through  training  sites  at  the 
Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System,  Maryland  Institute  for 
Emergency  Medical  Services  Systems,  Sinai  Hospital  and  the  Veterans  Affairs 
Medical  Center.  Optional  off-service  rotation  to  other  institutions  in  the  United 
States  or  in  foreign  nations  is  offered. 

Facilities 

Training  sites  are  all  fully  equipped  for  the  performance  of  both  complex  and  rou- 
tine oral-maxillofacial  surgical  procedures  and  treatment. 

Number  of  Positions 

Two  per  year 

Faculty 

James  R.  Hupp,  D.M.D.,  M.D.,  J.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  Chair,  Program  Director, 

Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Robert  A.  Ord,  D.D.S.,  M.D.,  F.R.C.S.,  F.A.C.S.,  Division  Head,  Diplomate, 

American  Board  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Stewart  A.  Bergman,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Vincent  DiFabio,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Alan  Exler,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Bruce  B.  Horswell,  D.D.S.,  M.D.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 
James  Karesh,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  Diplomate,  National  Board  of  Medical  Examiners, 

American  Board  of  Ophthalmology,  American  Society  of  Ophthalmic  Plastic  and 

Reconstructive  Surgery  and  American  Academy  of  Facial  Plastic  and 

Reconstructive  Surgery 
Richard  Nessif,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Henry  E.  Richter,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Cornelius  J.  Sullivan,  D.M.D.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 
Donald  M.  Tilghman,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 

Special  Admission  Guidelines 

•  Applicants  should  rank  in  the  upper  20  percent  of  their  dental  class. 

•  Letter  of  recommendation  from  dental  school  chair  of  oral-maxillofacial 
surgery. 

•  An  interview  is  required  prior  to  acceptance  of  candidates. 

•  In  accordance  with  Medical  School  policy,  applicants  to  the  combined  program 
must  be  U.S.  citizens. 


54  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Length  of  Program 

Six  years,  including  two  years  at  the  Universit)  ol  Maryland  School  ol  Medicine  ai 

a  medical  student. 


Curriculum 

Yen  1 

(  tedits 

DSUR568A 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Rounds 

18 

DSl  R  568B 

Operating  Room  Advanced  ( )ral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery 

30 

DSUR569A 

Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical 

Grand  Rounds 

2 

DSUR569B 

Physical  Diagnosis 

4 

DSUR578A 

Patiem  ("are  Record  Keeping  Review 

7 

DSUR579A 

Current  Lite  rat  tire  Review 

3 

DSUR588A 

Orthognathic  Surgery  Seminar 

3 

DSUR  589A 

Special  Topics  Seminar 

3 

DSUR  598A 

Clinical  Oral  and  Maxillofacial 

Surgery 

30 

DSUR  601 

Clinical  Anesthesiology 

6 

DSUR  609 

Special  Problems 

4 

DSUR  631 

Cranio-facial  I 

2 

DSUR  799 

Research  (M.S.  candidates  only) 

2 

DPAT612 

Special  Problems  in  Oral  Pathology 

2 

DPAT613 

Special  Problems  in  Oral  Pathology 

2 

Years  II-III 

Medical  Schoo 

1  Clinical  Rotations 

Year  IV 

Residency  Training  in  General  Surgery 

Year  V  Credits 

DSUR  568C  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Rounds  1 8 

DSUR  569C  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Grand  Rounds  2 

DSUR  578C  Patient  Care  and  Record  Keeping 

DSUR  579C  Current  Literature  Review  3 

DSUR  588C  Orthognathic  Surgery  Seminar  3 

DSUR  589C  Special  Topics  Seminar  3 

DSUR  598C  Advanced  Clinical  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgery  1 8 

DSUR  605  Surgical  Anatomy  2 

DSUR  609  Special  Problems  4 

DANA  6 1 4  Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck  3 

DMIC  609  Special  Problems  in  Microbiology  2 

DPAT  616  Advanced  Histopathology  of  Oral  Lesions  3 

DPAT  617  Advanced  Histopathology  of  Oral  Lesions  3 

DPHR  636  Pharmacology  of  Anesthetic  Drugs  3 

DPHS  6 1 8  Advanced  Physiology  3 


Advanced  Education  Programs 


55 


Year  VI  Credits 

DSUR  568E  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Rounds  18 

DSUR  568F  Operating  Room  Advanced  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery  30 

DSUR  569E  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Grand  Rounds  2 

DSUR  578E  Patient  Care  Record  Keeping  Review 

DSUR  579E  Current  Literature  Review  3 

DSUR  588E  Orthognathic  Surgery  Seminar  3 

DSUR  589E  Special  Topics  Seminar  3 

DSUR  568G  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Rounds  1 8 

DSUR  568H  Operating  Room  Advanced  Oral  and 

Maxillofacial  Surgery  30 

DSUR  569G  Oral  and  Maxillofacial  Surgical  Grand  Rounds  2 

DSUR  578G  Patient  Care  Record  Keeping  Review 

DSUR  579G  Current  Literature  Review  3 

DSUR  588G  Orthognathic  Surgery  Seminar  3 

DSUR  589G  Special  Topics  Seminar  3 

DSUR  609  Special  Problems  4 


ORAL  AND  MAXILLOFACIAL  PATHOLOGY 


Refer  to  pages  76  to  78. 


ORTHODONTICS 


Objectives 

•  To  prepare  students  for  a  career  as  an  orthodontist  in  clinical  practice  and/or 
academics. 

•  To  allow  individuals  to  obtain  substantial  experience  in  clinical  care,  teaching 
and  research. 

•  To  fulfill  the  educational  requirements  for  specialty  certification  by  the  Ameri- 
can Board  of  Orthodontics. 

Scope  of  Training 

Students  gain  experience  in  the  treatment  of  patients  with  all  types  of  dentofacial 
deformities.  A  broad  mastery  of  alternative  techniques  with  different  variations  of 
the  Edgewise  appliance  is  emphasized,  along  with  modern  forms  of  removable 
appliances.  Treatment  is  provided  for  adults,  adolescents  and  children.  Students 
also  provide  orthodontic  treatment  in  complex  rehabilitation  cases  in  coordination 
with  graduate  students  in  prosthodontics  and  periodontics.  Surgical  orthognathic 
cases  are  treated  in  conjunction  with  oral-  maxillofacial  surgery  residents  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  Medical  System  and  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital. 


56 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


I  hrough  .m  extensive  series  *>t  lectures,  seminars  and  case  conferences,  .1  com 
prehensive  didactic  bac  kground  in  relevani  basic  sciences  and  clinical  orthodontics 
is  pto\  ided.  1  ach  student,  working  with  faculty  supervisors  <  hosen  from  the  I  ten 
tal  School  and  university,  must  complete  an  original  research  project.  Students 
serve  as  instructors  in  the  preckx  coral  clinic  and  supen  ise  rninoi  tooth  movemeni 
and  space  maintenance  procedures. 

While  pursuing  a  certificate  in  orthodontics,  students  will  be  enrolled  in  .1  M.is 
terof  Science  degree  program  in  oral  biology.  (  burses  taken  foi  the  master's  di 
will  also  satisfy  some  certificate  requirements. 

Site  of  Training 

Most  of  the  clinical  and  didactic  program  takes  place  within  the  Dental  School. 
Off-campus  experiences  include  attendance  at  the  craniofacial  anomalies  clink  at 
The  Johns  Hopkins  1  lospital;  the  H.  K.  Cooper  Center,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania; 

and  at  continuing  education  courses  held  throughout  the  greater  Baltimore  area. 

Number  of  Positions 

Three 

Faculty 

William  M.  Davidson,  D.M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman,  Diplomate,  American  Board 

of  Orthodontics 
Stuart  D.  Josell,  D.M.D.,  M.  Dent.  Sc,  Program  Director 
Byron  Bonebreak,  D.D.S. 
Ronald  S.  Branoff,  D.D.S.,  M.S.D. 
Francoise  Engel,  D.D.S. 
Ross  E.  Long,  D.M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Orthodontics,  Lancaster  Cleft 

Palate  Clinic 
Phillip  S.  Markin,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 
C.  Thomas  Pavlick  Jr.,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 
Karl  Pick,  D.D.S. 

Constance  G.  Rubier,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 
Ronald  Scornavaca,  D.D.S. 
Bhavna  Shroff,  D.D.S.,  M.  Dent.  Sc. 
Richard  Smith,  D.M.D.,  M.S.,  M.  Phil.,  Ph.D. 
Edgar  Sweren,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 
Steven  M.  Siegel,  D.M.D. 

Alan  S.  Weisberg,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 
Robert  E.  Williams,  D.M.D.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Orthodontics 

Length  of  Program 

Three  years 


Advanced  Education  Programs  57 


Curriculum 

Year  I 

ORTH  567A 
ORTH  568A 
ORTH  569A 
ORTH  576A 
ORTH  577 A 
ORTH  578A 
ORTH  579A 
ORTH  586A 
ORTH  587A 
ORTH  588A 
ORTH  589A 
ORTH  597A 
ORTH  598A 
PEDS  598A 
DANA  622 
DANA  633 
DANA  638 
DPHS  609 
DPHS  639 

Year  II 

ORTH  568C 
ORTH  569C 
ORTH  578C 
ORTH  579C 
PERI  579B 
ORTH  586C 
ORTH  589C 
ORTH  597C 
ORTH  598C 
DANA  61 8 
DMIC  609 
CIPP  905 


Year  III 
ORTH 
ORTH 
ORTH 
ORTH 
ORTH 
ORTH 
ORTH 
ORTH 


569E 
578E 
579E 
586E 
587C 
588E 
597E 
598E 


Treatment  Planning  Seminar 

Diagnosis 

Clinic 

Typodont 

Laboratory  Technique 

Case  Presentation  Seminar 

Research 

Literature  Review 

Mixed  Dentition 

Biomechanics 

Technique  Seminars 

Ortho-Surgery  Seminar 

Applied  Teaching 

Development  of  Dentition 

Oral  Histology  and  Embryology 

Temporomandibular  Joint 

Data  Analysis  Research 

Physiology  Seminar 

Oral  Neurophysiology  Seminar 

Cleft  Palate  Clinic 

Clinic 

Case  Presentation  Seminars 

Research 

Adult  Tooth  Movement 

Literature  Review 

Technique  Seminars 

Ortho-Surgery  Seminar 

Applied  Teaching 

Special  Problems  in  the  Anatomies 

Special  Problems/Microbiology 

Normal  Adolescent  Growth  and  Development 

M.S.  Research 

Graduate  Electives 


Clinic 

Case  Presentation  Seminar 

Research 

Literature  Review 

Practice  Management 

Biomechanics 

Ortho-Surgery  Seminar 

Applied  Teaching 

M.S.  Research 


Credits 

1 

4 

29 

1 
1 
3 
7 
1 
2 
2 
11 
2 
3 
2 
2 
1 
3 
1 
1 

Credits 

4 
32 
3 
9 
3 
1 
5 
2 
5 
3 
1 
2 
2 
3 

Credits 
20 

3 
15 

1 

2 

1 

2 
15 

4 


58 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


PEDIATRIC  DENTISTRY 


Objectives 

•  [o  prcp.uc  individuals  for  a  career  in  the  spe<  ialty  ol  pediati  i<  dentistry. 

•  I  o  tulhll  the  educational  requirements  t<>i  specialty  certification  by  the 
American  Board  o(  Pediatric  Dentistry. 

•  lo  fulfil]  die  requirements  foi  specialty  training  ol  the  Council  <>n  Dental 
Education  (Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation)  ol  the  American  Dental 
Association. 

Scope  of  Training 

lectures,  seminars  and  conferences  are  held  relating  to  pediatric  patients  and  their 
dental  treatment.  Students  receive  training  in  hospital  and  operating  room  proto- 
col, including  the  use  of  general  anesthetics  in  rendering  total  oral  rehabilitation. 
They  also  gain  teaching  experience  by  serving  as  instructors  in  the  predoctoral  lab- 
oratory and  clinic.  An  original  research  project  must  be  conducted  by  each  candi- 
date. 

Site  of  Training 

The  major  sites  of  training  are  the  Dental  School,  the  University  of  Maryland 
Medical  System,  Children's  Hospital  and  Center  for  Reconstructive  Surgery, 
Mercy  Hospital,  and  Maryland  School  for  the  Blind. 

Facilities 

In  addition  to  utilizing  the  individual  private  operatories  in  the  Dental  School,  each 
postdoctoral  student  is  assigned,  on  a  scheduled  basis,  to  the  Children's  Hospital. 
All  students  provide  comprehensive  dental  care  to  these  handicapped  patients  and 
participate  in  conferences  with  the  interdisciplinary  and  medical  staffs. 

An  operating  room  is  utilized  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System  and 
at  Children's  Hospital  for  training  in  rendering  rehabilitative  dental  care  to  patients 
who  have  received  general  anesthetics. 

Number  of  Positions 

Four 

Faculty 

James  Rule,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Chairman 

Preston  Shelton,  B.S.,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Program  Director,  Diplomate,  American 

Board  of  Pediatric  Dentistry 
Ronald  Abrams,  B.S.,  D.M.D.,  M.S. 
Ronald  Ackerman,  D.D.S. 
Sophia  Balis,  D.D.S. 

James  Coll,  D.M.D.,M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Pediatric  Dentistry 
Edward  Ginsberg,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Pediatric  Dentistry 
Stuart  Josell,  D.M.D.,  M.  Dent.  Sc. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  59 


Barry  Lyon,  D.D.S. 

Suzan  Miller,  D.D.S. 

Glenn  Minah,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

David  Owen,  D.D.S.,  A.M. 

Earle  Schulz,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Pediatric  Dentistry 

(Dental  Director,  Children  s  Hospital) 
Mark  Wagner,  A.B.,  D.M.D. 

Special  Admission  Guidelines 

•  Documentation  of  scholastic  achievement  and  motivation 

•  Recommendations  from  individuals  well  acquainted  with  the  candidate 

•  Professional  experiences 

•  Personal  interview 


Length  of  Program 

Two  years 

Curriculum 

Year  I 

Credits 

PEDS  567A 

Pediatric  Dentistry  Orientation 

4 

PEDS  568A 

Research  Methodology 

3 

PEDS  569A 

Research 

3 

PEDS  578A 

Case  Conference  Seminar 

4 

PEDS  579A 

Special  Topics  Seminar 

6 

PEDS  589A 

Clinical  Pedodontics 

36 

PEDS  598A 

Development  of  the  Dentition 

2 

ORTH  567A 

Treatment  Planning  Seminar 

1 

ORTH  568A 

Diagnosis  (Data  Base) 

4 

ORTH  586A 

Literature  Review 

2 

DANA  622 

Mammalian  Oral  Histology  and  Embryology 

2 

DANA  638 

Data  Analysis  Research 

3 

DMIC  609 

Special  Problems/Microbiology 

1 

DPAT612 

Special  Problems/Oral  Pathology 

2 

DPAT613 

Special  Problems/Oral  Pathology 

2 

DPHR656 

Dental  Toxicology 

2 

Year  II 

Credits 

PEDS  568D 

General  Anesthesia 

4 

PEDS  569C 

Research 

7 

PEDS  578C 

Case  Conference  Seminar 

4 

PEDS  579C 

Special  Topics  Seminar 

3 

PEDS  588C 

Literature  Review  Seminar 

4 

PEDS  589C 

Clinical  Pedodontics 

40 

PEDS  598C 

Applied  Teaching 

2 

60 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


PERIODONTICS 


Objectives 

•  I  o  pun  idc  spe<  1. 1 1  know  ledge  and  skills  beyond  the  accepted  1  K\  KS.  01  1  ).\l.l ). 
training. 

•  I  o  prepare  the  student  to  exec  ute  profic  iently  .ill  skills  ol  the  spec  ialty. 

•  To  provide  experiences  in  research  and  in  the  field  of  edu<  ation. 

•  To  fulfill  the  requirements  for  specialty  training  of  the  Council  ol  Dental 
Education  (Commission  on  Dcin.il  Accreditation)  oi  the  American  Dental 
Association. 

•  To  fulfill  the  educational  requirements  for  specialty  certification  by  the 
American  Board  of  Periodontology. 

Scope  of  Training 

Students  receive  experience  in  the  treatment  of  patients  with  all  types  of  periodon- 
tal disease,  particularly  advanced  stages  of  the  disease.  Lectures,  seminars  and  con- 
ferences are  held  in  diagnosis,  prognosis,  treatment  planning  and  practice 
management.  Seminars  are  conducted  with  other  specialties  to  interrelate  all  fields 
of  dentistry  and  medicine;  with  guest  consultants  who  are  experts  in  their  field;  and 
with  postdoctoral  students  in  periodontics  from  other  teaching  institutions.  Com- 
pletion of  an  original  research  project  is  required. 

Students  become  proficient  in  the  placement  of  various  implant  systems  and 
gain  hospital  experience  in  the  adjacent  Veterans  Affairs  Medical  Center.  They  also 
become  proficient  in  all  currently  accepted  modalities  of  periodontal  surgery  and 
nonsurgical  management  of  patients.  Experience  is  provided  in  establishing  and 
managing  a  recall  system  for  treatment  of  patients  with  periodontal  disease.  Also 
required  are  the  preparation  and  documentation  of  patient  cases  representative  of 
those  suitable  for  submission  to  the  American  Board  of  Periodontology.  Students 
gain  teaching  experience  by  giving  lectures  and  providing  clinical  instruction  to 
predoctoral  dental  students.  They  also  attend  professional  meetings  and  continu- 
ing education  courses  held  in  the  Baltimore- Washington  area. 

Site  of  Training 

The  major  sites  of  training  are  the  Dental  School,  the  Naval  Dental  Center, 
Bethesda,  Maryland,  and  the  Veterans  Affairs  Medical  Center,  Baltimore, 
Maryland. 

Number  of  Positions 

Three  to  four 

Faculty 

John  J.  Bergquist,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Chair  and  Program  Director,  Diplomate, 

American  Board  of  Periodontology 
William  Bowen,  D.D.S.,  M.S. 
John  Bruno,  D.D.D.,  M.S. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  61 


Sylvan  Feldman,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Gregory  Felthousen,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Lawrence  S.  Freilich,  D.D.S.,  Ph.D. 

Janet  Guthmiller,  D.D.S.,  Ph.D. 

Lawrence  Halpert,  D.D.S. 

Charles  E.  Hawley,  D.D.S.,  Ph.D.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Gregory  Horning,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

James  Kassolis,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Grace  Morrison,  D.D.S. 

Sarah  Park,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

William  Parker,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Peter  Passero,  D.D.S. 

Brian  Paul,  D.M.D.,  M.S. Ed.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Bradley  Phillips,  D.M.D.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Leslie  Robson,  R.D.H.,  B.S. 

Paul  Rosen,  D.M.D.,M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Robert  Sachs,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Arnold  Sindler,  D.D.S. 

Herbert  Towle,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

R.  Dale  Welch,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Dennis  Winson,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Karl  Zeren,  D.D.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Robert  Zupnik,  D.D.S.,  M.S.D.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Periodontology 

Length  of  Program 

Three  years  (30-month  minimum) 


Curriculum 

Year  I 

Credits 

PERI  567 A 

Intraoral  Photography 

1 

PERI  568A 

Diagnosis,  Prognosis  and  Treatment  Planning 

4 

PERI  568B 

Conjoint  Seminars  (Implantology) 

5 

PERI  569A 

Case  Management 

2 

PERI  569B 

Principles  of  Occlusion 

2 

PERI  578A 

Literature  Review  Seminar 

12 

PERI  578B 

Reconstructive  Surgery 

2 

PERI  579A 

Surgical  Techniques 

6 

PERI  579B 

Adult  Tooth  Movement 

3 

PERI  588A 

Clinic 

33 

PERI  588B 

Introduction  to  Periodontal  Therapy 

and  Molecular  Biology 

3 

PERI  589A 

Research  Methodology 

2 

DANA  614 

Anatomy  of  Head  and  Neck 

3 

DANA  622 

Oral  Histology  and  Embryology 

2 

DANA  633 

Temporomandibular  Joint 

1 

DANA  638 

Data  Analysis  Research 

3 

62  Baltimore  Coilege  of  Dental  Surgery 


DMK  609 

Spec  i.il  Problems 

1 

DMN 

Immunolog)  and  ( )ral  I  )isc 

asts 

J 

DPA1  612 

( )ral  Pathology  Problems 

DPA1  613 

(.  )ral  Pathology  Problems 

DPHR656 

I  )ental  I  oxicolog) 

2 

Resean  h 

1 

Year  11 

(  redits 

PERI  568C 

Diagnosis,  Prognosis  and  I 

reatmem  Planning                    4 

PER]  sos l) 

c  lonjoini  Seminars  (Implantology) 

PI  PJ  569< 

c  .isc  Management 

2 

PERI  569D 

Practice  Management 

1 

PERI  578C 

I  iteratnre  Review 

12 

PERI  >"lH 

Advanced  Surgical  Techniques 

6 

PERI  588C 

Clinic 

31 

PERI  589C 

Research  Methodology 

3 

PERI  598C 

Applied  Teaching 

6 

DPAT616 

Advanced  Histopathology 

3 

DPAT617 

Advanced  Histopathology 

3 

Hospital  Rotation 

- 

Research 

3 

Year  III 

Credits 

PERI  588E 

Clinic 

20 

PERI  598E 

Applied  Teaching 

3 

PERI  569E 

Case  Management 

2 

PERI  578E 

Current  Literature  Review 

2 

Clinical  Pathologic  Conferences 
Research 


PROSTHODONTICS 


Objectives 

•  To  provide  a  historical  perspective  of  prosthodontics  in  a  manner  which  will 
permit  and  encourage  the  student  to  make  objective  evaluations. 

•  To  provide  a  comprehensive  background  of  those  biologic  and  allied  sciences 
relevant  to  diagnosis,  planning  and  treatment  of  routine  and  complex  prostho- 
dontic  problems. 

•  To  provide  clinical  treatment  experiences  in  the  various  aspects  of  prosthodon- 
tics with  emphasis  upon  attainment  of  skills  and  judgment  in  treating  complex 
problems. 

•  To  prepare  the  candidate  for  examination  by  the  American  Board  of  Prostho- 
dontics. 

•  To  prepare  the  candidate  for  teaching  at  predoctoral  or  postgraduate  levels. 


Advanced  Education  Programs 


63 


Scope  of  Training 

Students  are  trained  to  manage  and  treat  complex  prosthodontic  problems  effec- 
tively. Lectures,  seminars  and  conferences  are  held  in  basic  biologic  sciences  and 
allied  dental  sciences  related  to  prosthodontics.  Teaching  experience  is  gained  by 
postgraduate  students  as  they  provide  clinical  instruction  to  predoctoral  dental  stu- 
dents. Training  in  research  methodology  is  an  integral  part  of  the  program  and  cul- 
minates as  each  candidate  conducts  and  presents  an  original  research  project. 

Site  of  Training 

Major  site  of  training  is  the  Dental  School. 

Number  of  Positions 

Three 

Faculty 

Ronald  B.  Gunderson,  D.D.S.,  Acting  Chair 

Mark  M.  Stevens,  D.D.S.,  Program  Director,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of 

Prosthodontics 
Marvin  L.  Baer,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Prosthodontics 
Michael  Conway,  D.D.S.,M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Prosthodontics 
John  Davliakos,  D.M.D. 
Gerald  W.  Eastwood,  D.M.D.,  M.A.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of 

Prosthodontics 
Stuart  D.  Prymas,  D.D.S. 

Special  Admission  Guidelines 

•  Students  must  have  acceptable  scholastic  achievement  at  the  predoctoral  level. 

•  Clinical  experience  is  preferred. 

•  A  personal  interview  is  desirable. 

•  References  will  be  required. 

Length  of  Program 

Three  vears 


Curriculum 

Year  I 

Credits 

PROS  567A 

Instructional  Methodology 

1 

PROS  568A 

Clinical  Prosthodontics 

32 

PROS  569A 

Literature  Review  Seminar 

6 

PROS  578A 

Treatment  Planning  Seminar 

4 

PROS  579A 

Applied  Teaching  in  Removable  Prosthodontics 

4 

PROS  587A 

Research 

1 

PROS  598A 

Advanced  Dental  Materials 

2 

PERI  568B 

Conjoint  Seminars 

1 

DANA  614 

Anatomy  of  the  Head  and  Neck 

3 

DANA  618 

Spec/Biostatistics 

1 

64  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


DANA  622  ( >ral  1  [fetology  and  Embryologj 

DANA  6  remporomandibulai  [oini 

DMIC609  Special  Problems 

DPAT612  Oral  Pathology  Problems 

DPA1  613  Oial  Pathology  Problems 

DPHR656  Dental  toxicology 


Year  II 

pros  568C 
PROS569C 
PROS578C 
PROS  579C 
PROS588C 
PROS589C 
PROS597C 
PERI  568D 


c  llinical  Prosthodontics 
1  iterature  Re\  icw  Seminar 
freatmem  Planning  Seminal 


able  Prosthodontics 


Applied  Teaching  in  Remov; 

Research 

Applied  Teaching  in  Fixed  Restorative 

Board  Case  Presentation 

Conjoint  Seminars 


(    mills 

56 

6 

4 
4 
2 
4 
1 
1 


Year  III 
PROS  568D 
PROS  569D 
PROS  570D 
PROS  578D 


Advanced  Clinical  Prosthodontics 

Literature  Review  Seminar 

Applied  Sciences  Related  to  Implant  Prosthodontics 

Treatment  Planning  Seminar 


Credits 

48 

4 
4 

4 


GENERAL  DENTISTRY  PROGRAMS 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


The  Dental  School  offers  the  following  residency  programs: 

•  Advanced  Education  in  General  Dentistry:  a  one-year  residency  program  of 
dental  school-based  advanced  study  and  practice;  a  two-year  comprehensive 
program  of  advanced  study  with  joint  matriculation  in  the  Master  of  Science  in 
Oral  Biology  program.  A  Ph.D.  program  in  conjunction  with  the  department 
of  oral  and  craniofacial  biological  sciences  may  also  be  combined  with  the 
Advanced  Education  in  General  Dentistry  program. 

•  General  Practice  Residency,  one-year  and  two-year  programs  of  hospital-based 
advanced  study  and  dental  practice,  with  special  emphasis  on  patients  with  med- 
ically compromising  conditions. 

All  residency  programs  meet  accreditation  requirements  of  the  Council  on 
Dental  Education  (Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation)  of  the  American  Dental 
Association. 


Advanced  Education  Programs 


65 


FACILITIES 


The  program  in  General  Practice  Residency  is  based  in  the  department  of  dentistry 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System.  The  Advanced  Education  in 
General  Dentistry  program  operates  within  the  Dental  School  in  its  own  clinic 
facility  specially  designed  to  include  treatment  areas  as  well  as  associated  support 
areas. 


FINANCIAL  SUPPORT 


Financial  support  for  residents  may  be  available.  Information  regarding  this  sup- 
port can  be  obtained  by  writing  to  individual  program  directors. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  CERTIFICATION 

A  certificate  is  awarded  to  candidates  who  have  satisfied  all  requirements  of  the  pro- 
gram and  have  paid  all  debts  to  the  university. 


ACADEMIC  STANDARDS  FOR  CERTIFICATION 

Students  must  demonstrate  competency  in  all  clinical  and  nonclinical  areas  of  the 
program.  Any  student  who  fails  to  do  so  may  not  be  permitted  to  continue  in  the 
program. 


AWARDS 

An  award  is  presented  to  a  resident  at  the  Dental  School  Honors  Convocation  to 
recognize  proficiency  in  the  treatment  of  the  medically  compromised  patient  in 
advanced  general  dentistry. 


ADVANCED  EDUCATION  IN  GENERAL  DENTISTRY 
RESIDENCY 


Objectives 

•  To  provide  a  clinical  environment  which  will  improve  and  reinforce  clinical 
skills  and  knowledge  in  the  practice  of  comprehensive  general  dentistry. 

•  To  provide  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  the  management  of  a  simulated  pri- 
vate group  practice. 

•  To  train  the  student,  under  the  direction  of  an  attending  staff  of  general  den- 
tists and  specialists,  in  the  preparation  of  complex  treatment  plans  and  the  per- 
formance of  a  wide  range  of  clinical  procedures. 

•  To  provide  experience  in  patient,  personnel  and  practice  management. 

66  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Scope  of  Training:  One-Year  Program 

The  clinical  experiences  foi  eac  li  student  incorporate  a  broad  range  ol  clinical 
and  are  designed  u>  match  specific  needs  and  interests.  I  he  patients  assigned  .m 
selected  by  the  facult)  on  the  basis  ol  type  and  complexit)  oi  treatmeni  required. 
Students  assume  the  responsibility  foi  total  patient  treatment  and  leat  n  to  serve  as 
principal  coordinatoi  when  specialist  care  is  required. 

1  he  Advanced  Education  in  ( leneral  I  )entistr)  environment  simulates  a  private 
group  practice  and  is  one  in  which  students  are  exposed  to  nev*  techniques  and  con- 
cepts in  patient  care.  Phis  atmosphere  is  enhanced  by  ongoing  clinical  research  in 
materials  and  devices,  And  the  clinical  treatment  oi  Advanced  Education  in 
c  leneral  Dentistry  patients  by  attending  (acuity.  ( lhairside  dental  auxiliaries,  full- 
time  hygienists,  receptionist/clerks  and  financial  personnel  facilitate  the  efficient 
delivery  of  services.  I  aboratory  support  is  provided  by  technicians  in  commercial 
And  Dental  School  laboratories. 

While  students  spend  80  percent  or  their  time  in  the  Advanced  General 
Dentistry  clinic  practice  facility,  the  remaining  20  percent  is  devoted  to  seminars 
which  cover  all  dental  specialties.  These  seminars  are  presented  by  senior  faculty  of 
the  Dental  School  and  private  practitioners,  as  well  as  by  the  Advanced  Education 
in  General  Dentistry  faculty.  Each  student  prepares  and  presents  case  reports  and 
conducts  literature  review  seminars. 

Number  of  Positions:  One-Year  Program 

10 

Scope  of  Training:  Two-Year  Program 

This  program  pursues  the  one-year  objectives  while  the  curriculum  is  centered 
around  matriculation  in  the  Master  of  Science  in  Oral  Biology  program  offered 
within  the  Dental  School.  The  intent  is  to  direct  potential  careers  into  educa- 
tion/research, advanced  general  or  specialty  practice.  At  the  same  time  students 
treat  increasingly  more  difficult  comprehensive  care  patients,  increase  their  level  of 
independent  clinical  activity  and  improve  practice  management  skills. 

Research  required  for  thesis  development  is  usually  conducted  in  a  clinical  or 
laboratory  setting  and  offers  a  wide  selection  of  interest  areas  such  as  ongoing  mate- 
rials studies  based  in  restorative  and  esthetic  dentistry,  special  patients,  geriatrics, 
TMD  and  implantology.  Additional  opportunities  may  be  specifically  tailored  to 
provide  experiences  at  extramural  training  sites,  and  experience  in  pre-clinical  and 
clinical  teaching  areas  is  provided.  An  additional  six  months  to  one  year  may  be 
necessary  beyond  the  24-month  program  to  ensure  completion  of  all  requirements 
for  the  Master  of  Science  in  Oral  Biology.  For  those  interested,  a  Ph.D.  program  is 
available  if  admission  requirements  are  met.  Contact  the  program  director  if  you 
desire  to  be  considered  for  this  program. 

Number  of  Positions:  Two-Year  Program 

One  to  two 


Advanced  Education  Programs  67 


Site  of  Training 

The  Advanced  General  Dentistry  clinic  is  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  the 
Dental  School.  This  new  clinical  facility,  consisting  of  38  units  and  all  associated 
support  areas  such  as  reception,  x-ray  and  laboratory,  is  designated  for  the  exclu- 
sive use  of  the  Advanced  Education  in  General  Dentistry  residency  program  and 
contains  state-of-the-art  equipment  such  as  a  C02  laser  and  digital  radiography. 

Faculty 

Lawrence  W.  Blank,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  M.S.O.B.,  Director,  Diplomats  Federal 

Services  Board  of  General  Dentistry 
NildaArceo,  D.D.S. 
Douglas  M.  Barnes,  D.D.S. 
John  Conaghan,  D.D.S. 
David  L.  George,  D.D.S. 
James  C.  Gingell,  D.D.S.,  M.S. 
William  Krell,  D.D.S. 
John  Savukinas,  D.D.S. 
Keith  Schmidt,  D.D.S. 
P.  Jay  Shires,  D.D.S. 
Leo  V.  Trail,  D.D.S. 


GENERAL  PRACTICE  RESIDENCY 


Objectives 

•  To  improve  and  refine  the  resident's  knowledge  and  clinical  skills  in  the  prac- 
tice of  all  aspects  of  general  dentistry. 

•  To  teach  the  resident  to  appropriately  refer  to  specialists  and  act  as  the  primary 
coordinator  of  care. 

•  To  prepare  the  resident  to  assess  the  patient's  general  medical  status  and  relate 
this  status  to  anticipated  dental  treatment.  Emphasis  is  on  treatment  of  the  med- 
ically compromised,  mentally  or  physically  challenged  patient. 

•  To  provide  didactic  and  clinical  training  and  experience  in  patient,  personnel 
and  practice  management. 

•  To  provide  training  and  experience  in  the  management  and  delivery  of  total  oral 
health  care  to  a  wide  range  of  ambulatory  and  hospitalized  patients. 

•  To  provide  instruction  in  the  organization,  operation  and  services  of  the  vari- 
ous hospital  departments. 

Scope  of  Training 

The  department  of  dentistry  is  a  department  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
Medical  System.  It  is  within  this  department  in  the  division  of  hospital  dentistry 
that  the  General  Practice  Residency  program  functions.  The  Dental  School  pro- 
vides faculty  from  its  basic  science  and  clinical  science  departments  to  support  the 
didactic  and  clinical  components  of  the  General  Practice  Residency  program. 

68  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


1  Ik-  majority  oi  a  resident's  nine  is  spent  in  the  dinu  ol  the  1  department  <»t 
Dentistry  where  a  wide  range  ol  patients  are  treated  undei  the  supervision  <>i  the 
attending  staff.  I  Ik-  remaining  time  is  devoted  to  operating  room  experiences  and 
hospital  clinic  practice  in  various  settings.  In  addition,  the  residents  receive  the  fbl 
lowing  experiences  which  account  foi  25  percent  ol  the  year. 
Anesthesia  Rotation—  \  one  month  rotation  in  anesthesia 

Oral -Maxillofacial    Surgery    Rotation  —  A    one  month    rotation    in    the    oral 

maxillofacial  surgerj  service  provides  die  resident  with  an  opportunity  t<>  be 
primarily  involved  with  inpatient  care. 

University  of  Maryland  Cancer  Center — The  clinic.il  branch  ol  the  Baltimore 
c  ancer  Research  Center  is  a  joint  University  oi  Maryland  School  ol  Medicine  and 
Medical  System  program  for  research  in  the  treatment  ol  cancer.  Multidisciplinary 
protocol  studies,  including  chemotherapy,  immunotherapy,  radiotherapy  and 
surgery,  are  currently  being  evaluated. 

The  center  admits  patients  with  acute  leukemia,  lymphoma,  brain  tumors  and 
other  solid  tumors  such  as  testicular  carcinoma,  renal  cell  carcinoma  and  breast  can- 
cer. In  conjunction  with  dental  attending  staff,  the  resident  assists  in  the  dental 
management  of  these  patients. 

Consultations — Exposure  to  patients  with  varying  medical  problems  is  achieved 
through  regularly  requested  dental  consultations  from  all  units  of  the  hospital. 
Operating  Room — The  general  practice  residents  provide  dental  services  in  the 
operating  room  for  patients  whose  dental  needs  require  hospitalization  and/or  gen- 
eral anesthesia.  Operating  room  time  and  beds  are  available  to  the  general  practice 
service  for  this  use. 

Emergency  Call — The  General  Practice  Residency  program  provides  24-hour 
dental  service  for  patients  who  come  to  the  emergency  room  or  for  referrals  from 
the  Dental  School  and  the  Maryland  Institute  for  Emergency  Medical  Services 
Systems.  Residents  are  on-call  nights  and  weekends  on  a  rotation  basis;  sleeping 
quarters  are  provided  for  nights  on-call. 

Children's  Hospital — Residents  rotate  in  two-month  cycles  providing  treatment 
to  pediatric  and  adult  patients. 

Kernan  Hospital — All  residents  participate  in  a  two-month  rotation  at  Kernan 
Hospital. 

Approximately  15  percent  of  the  scheduled  time  is  spent  in  seminars.  These 
seminars  cover  a  wide  range  of  advanced  dental  topics  and  are  presented  by  senior 
faculty  of  the  Dental  School  as  well  as  by  the  attending  staff.  The  residents  partic- 
ipate in  these  seminars,  including  the  preparation  and  presentation  of  case  reports 
and  literature  reviews.  In  addition,  each  resident  is  required  to  prepare  a  paper  suit- 
able for  publication,  conduct  a  seminar  or  present  at  grand  rounds. 

In  the  second  year  of  the  program  the  resident  receives  a  higher  level  of  training 
and  more  practical  experience  with  more  complex  cases.  The  resident  also  assumes 
some  teaching  responsibilities. 

Site  of  Training 

University  Hospital  is  a  785-bed  teaching  facility  whose  objective  is  to  provide  the 
highest  quality  of  patient  care,  medical  education  and  research  to  and  for  the  citi- 


Advanced  Education  Programs  69 


zens  of  the  state  of  Maryland.  Since  its  founding  in  1823,  the  hospital  has  under- 
gone a  series  of  major  expansion  projects  culminating  with  the  north  hospital  addi- 
tion in  1973  and  the  Gudelsky  wing  in  1994. 

University  Hospital  is  a  major  referral  center  for  practitioners  throughout  the 
state  of  Maryland,  offering  a  broad  spectrum  of  specialized  services  and  sophisti- 
cated facilities  which  are  presently  unavailable  in  many  other  hospitals.  Patients 
may  be  referred  for  inpatient  care  or  to  any  one  of  over  60  clinics  housed  in  the  hos- 
pital, or  they  may  use  the  emergency  room  which  is  staffed  24  hours  a  day  for  the 
rapid  treatment  of  accident  victims  and  critically  ill  patients.  Adjacent  to  the  hos- 
pital is  a  heliport,  which  serves  the  Maryland  Institute  for  Emergency  Medical 
Services  Systems,  and  provides  a  means  of  receiving  trauma  patients  from  through- 
out the  region. 

Facilities 

The  General  Practice  Residency  program  is  located  in  the  clinic  of  the  department 
of  dentistry  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  System.  All  operatories  are  fully 
equipped  and  have  trained  staff  for  the  practice  of  four-handed  dentistry. 

Number  of  Positions 

Five  or  Six 

Faculty 

James  R.  Hupp,  D.M.D.,  M.D.,  J.D.,  Chair 

Miriam  R.  Robbins,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Program  Director 

Edwin  L.  Crooks,  D.D.S. 

Mona  E.  Gorman,  D.D.S. 

Bruce  B.  Horswell,  D.D.S.,  M.D. 

Neville  McDonald,  D.D.S.,  M.S. 

Robert  A.  Ord,  D.D.S.,  M.D. 

Earle  M.  Schulz,  D.D.S.,  M.S. 

Jack  D.  Vandermer,  D.D.S. 

Specific  Admission  Guidelines 

•  Applicants  must  rank  in  the  upper  one-half  of  their  dental  class. 

•  An  interview  is  required. 

•  Letters  of  recommendation  are  required. 

Length  of  Program 

One  year/two  years 


70  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


GRADUATE  PROGRAMS 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Graduate  programs  leading  to  the  Mastei  of  Science  (M.S.)  and  Doctor  of  Philos 
ophy(Ph.D.)  degrees  are  offered  in  oral  .uKlu.miot.iu.il  biological  s^  iences  and  oral 
and  maxillofacial  pathology.  A  Mastei  of  Science  degree  is  also  offered  by  the 
department  of  dental  hygiene.  The  Ph.D.  may  be  combined  with  the  D.D.S.  or 
one  of  the  Advanced  Dental  Education  programs. 

A  Ph.D.  program  in  oral  and  craniofacial  biology  (and  accompanying  M.S.)  per- 
mits the  student  to  focus  on  one  of  three  tracks:  1)  craniofacial  morphology  and 
function  (functional  and  developmental  morphology  of  the  orofacial  region,  brain 
processes  and  underlying  sensation  and  motor  control);  2)  oral  molecular,  cellular 
and  systems  biology  (biochemical,  molecular,  cellular  processes  related  to  cranio- 
facial biology);  or  3)  oral  infectious  disease  (bacterial,  viral  or  fungal  diseases  of  the 
orofacial  region,  and  immunology  and  pathogenetic  mechanisms  of  such  infectious 
disease). 

Programs  are  also  available  for  those  who  wish  to  pursue  a  graduate  degree  in 
the  basic  sciences  concurrently  with  clinic  specialty  education.  The  combined 
degree/specialty  training  program  generally  requires  three  years  for  the  master's 
degree  and  five  years  for  the  doctorate.  These  programs  are  highly  individualized 
and  are  developed  according  to  the  candidate's  needs. 

A  Master  of  Science  in  Oral  Biology  program  is  available  for  graduate  students 
who  are  enrolled  in  the  certificate  programs  in  the  Dental  School  (endodontics, 
orthodontics,  pediatric  dentistry,  periodontics,  prosthodontics,  advanced  educa- 
tion in  general  dentistry)  or  any  persons  holding  a  D.D.S.,  D.M.D.  or  equivalent 
degree.  The  program  is  a  multidisciplinary  one,  in  that  the  graduate  courses  neces- 
sary to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School, 
Baltimore  for  the  master's  degree  are  selected  from  the  various  departments  of  the 
university.  Students  who  fulfill  all  requirements  of  this  program  are  awarded  the 
Master  of  Science  degree. 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  DENTAL  HYGIENE 

The  Master  of  Science  degree  program  in  dental  hygiene  is  designed  to  prepare  den- 
tal hygienists  to  assume  positions  of  responsibility  beyond  those  assumed  by  the 
graduate  from  a  baccalaureate  program  and  to  provide  a  foundation  for  those  who 
wish  to  pursue  a  doctoral  degree.  The  program's  approach  to  learning  is  student- 
centered,  individualized  and  flexible.  The  faculty  is  committed  to  facilitating  the 
development  of  creative  professionals  who  assess  and  direct  their  own  performance. 
Self-evaluation  and  self-direction  are  encouraged  throughout  the  program.  Stu- 
dents have  the  opportunity  to  share  their  experiences,  knowledge  and  skills;  to  work 


Advanced  Education  Programs  71 


cooperatively  with  colleagues;  and  to  explore  a  variety  of  resources  to  help  them 
reach  their  maximum  potential  as  health  care  professionals. 

Program  concentrations  include  education,  management  and  community/ 
institutional  health.  Students  in  the  health  concentration  may  choose  to  focus  on 
acute/hospital  care  or  chronic/geriatric  care.  Within  each  concentration,  practical 
career-oriented  applications  of  knowledge  and  theory  are  emphasized. 

The  Curriculum 

Full-time  students  can  expect  to  complete  the  graduate  program  in  12  to  15 
months.  Part-time  students  usually  spend  24  to  30  months  in  the  program.  Based 
on  their  career  interests,  students  may  select  the  thesis  or  the  non-thesis  option.  Stu- 
dents in  the  thesis  track  must  complete  a  total  of  30  semester  credits;  those  in  the 
non-thesis  track  complete  34  credits.  Under  the  guidance  of  a  thesis  advisor  and 
committee,  thesis  students  design,  implement  and  defend  a  research  project  for  a 
total  of  six  credits.  Non-thesis  students,  under  the  guidance  of  an  advisor,  submit 
a  scholarly  paper. 

Thesis  Non-Thesis 

Dental  Hygiene  Core  Requirements  Option  Option 


Educational  Program  Development 

3 

3 

Health  Care  Management 

3 

3 

Literature  Review  and  Evaluation  for  Dental  Hygienists 

3 

3 

Research  Design,  Methodology  and  Statistics 

6 

6 

Area  of  Concentration  Practicum 

3 

3 

Master's  Thesis/Research  (thesis  option) 
or  Practicum  Project  (non-thesis  option) 

6 

4 

Electives 

6 

12 

Total  30  34 

Core  Courses 

DHYG  414,  Educational  Program  Development  (3).  Students  in  this  course 
have  the  opportunity  to  explore  various  ways  in  which  effective  instructional  skills 
may  contribute  to  a  career  in  dental  hygiene.  Learning  experiences  are  designed  to 
enable  the  student  to  develop  these  skills  and  to  project  their  application  in  such 
areas  as  public  school  systems,  community  health  programs,  higher  education  and 
consumer  education. 

DHYG  426.  Health  Care  Management  (3).  Students  are  introduced  to  skills 
essential  for  effective  management  in  their  personal  and  professional  roles.  Areas  of 
emphasis  include  the  dental  team  environment,  managerial  planning  and  decision- 
making, fiscal  issues,  career  planning,  resumes  and  interviewing.  Management 
principles  are  applied  to  a  variety  of  oral  health  care  delivery  settings. 


72  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


DHYG  601  •  Seminar:  I  ilcr.it  w  re  Rc\  leu  .«iul  I  \  .il  u.u  ion  lor  I  >cn  t  .1 1  ll\  ^it  nists 

(3)i  Students  gain  appreciation  ror  the  literature  as  the  lcnowl<  Foi  dental 

hygiene  theory  and  practice  in  a  changing  environment.  Participants  analyze  issues 
and  identify  teseait  li  questions  televani  to  dental  hygiene  education  and  prai  tice. 

DHYG  799.  Masters  Thesis  Research  ((»). 

NURS  701.  Nursing  Research  Designs  and  AnaUsis  I  (3).     I  Ins  COUTSC  includes 

scientific  thinking  and  quantitative  methods  ol  resean  h  beyond  the  introductor) 
level.  The  research  literature  in  nursing  and  health  is  used  to  illustrate  and  evaluate 
application  of  these  principles.  Univariate  and  bivariate  research  designs  are 
stressed.  Working  in  (cams,  students  plan  and  implement  a  nursing  research 
project. 

NURS  702.  Nursing  Research  Designs  and  Analysis  II  (3).  An  introduction  to 

both  quantitative  multivariate  and  qualitative  designs  used  in  nursing  research  is 
provided.  Selection  of  the  most  appropriate  design  to  fit  a  nursing  research  ques- 
tion is  stressed.  Procedures  for  data  quality  assurance  and  analysis  are  presented. 
Statistical  computer  programs  are  used  with  actual  nursing  data.  Throughout, 
reports  of  nursing  research  are  critiqued  and  discussed.  Prerequisite:  NURS  701 . 

Practicum  Options  (based  on  concentration  selected) 

DHYG  618.  Effective  Clinical  Teaching  Credits  (2-3).  Through  independent 
study,  seminar  and  clinical  experience,  the  beginning  dental  hygiene  clinical 
teacher  will  identify,  analyze  and  develop  the  skills  and  attitudes  necessary  for  suc- 
cessful clinical  instruction.  This  course  must  be  taken  concurrently  with  a  clinical 
teaching  practicum. 

DHYG  619.  Teaching  Practicum  (2-4) 

Graduate  students,  working  with  a  faculty  advisor,  gain  experience  teaching  in 
didactic,  clinical  and/or  laboratory  settings.  An  analytical  approach  to  teaching 
effectiveness  is  emphasized.  Placements  in  junior  colleges,  baccalaureate  programs, 
elementary  or  secondary  schools  or  the  Dental  School  are  arranged  according  to 
each  student's  career  goals. 

DHYG  629.  Health  Care  Management  Practicum  (2-4).  In  cooperation  with  a 
faculty  advisor,  graduate  students  observe  and  participate  in  the  administrative 
activities  of  a  health  care  program.  Placements  are  arranged  to  support  the  students 
career  goals. 

DHYG  639.  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  Practicum  (2-4).  Graduate  students 
work  with  a  faculty  advisor  to  gain  knowledge  and  experience  in  an  advanced  clin- 
ical area  of  dental  hygiene  practice,  such  as  nutritional  analysis  and  counseling,  peri- 
odontics or  orthodontics. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  73 


DHYG  649.  Research  Practicum  (2-4).  Graduate  students,  working  in  con- 
junction with  a  faculty  advisor,  gain  experience  in  research  design  and  implemen- 
tation by  participating  in  an  on-going  research  project  of  interest  to  the  student. 
Scientific  writing  experience  will  be  included. 

Elective  Offerings 

Electives  may  be  chosen  from  the  courses  offered  by  the  schools  and  departments 
at  any  of  the  University  of  Maryland  campuses  in  Baltimore,  Baltimore  County  and 
College  Park. 

Electives  that  apply  to  the  concentrations  of  teaching,  management  and  com- 
munity/institutional health  must  be  approved  by  the  student's  faculty  advisor  prior 
to  registration. 

Expenses  and  Financial  Assistance 

Tuition  is  $231  per  credit  hour  for  in-state  residents  and  $416  per  credit  hour  for 
nonresidents.  The  following  additional  fees  are  also  assessed:  Student  Government 
Association  fee,  $15;  transportation  fee,  $20;  student  activities  fee,  $30;  support- 
ing facilities  fee,  $199.  Financial  aid,  in  the  form  of  loans,  grants  and  work  study  is 
awarded  on  the  basis  of  demonstrated  need.  A  limited  number  of  part-time  gradu- 
ate teaching  positions  may  be  available  through  the  department,  and  university  fel- 
lowships may  be  available  from  the  graduate  school.  A  fellowship  is  also  available 
from  the  American  Dental  Hygienists'  Association  Institute  for  Oral  Health.  Part- 
time  employment  opportunities  for  dental  hygiene  practice  are  excellent  in  the 
community. 

Admission  and  Application  Procedures 

Admission  to  graduate  study  is  the  exclusive  responsibility  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore.  The  minimum  standard  for  admission  is  a 
B  average,  or  3.0  on  a  4.0  scale,  as  an  undergraduate  student  in  a  program  of  study 
leading  to  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Students  who  fail  to  meet  these  minimum 
requirements  may  be  admitted  to  graduate  study  as  provisional  students.  Appli- 
cants must  be  graduates  of  an  accredited  program  in  dental  hygiene  and  possess  a 
baccalaureate  degree  in  dental  hygiene  or  a  related  field.  A  personal  interview  with 
the  program  director  is  strongly  recommended. 

Three  copies  of  the  application  for  admission,  three  letters  of  recommendation 
and  two  sets  of  official  transcripts  from  each  college  or  university  attended  must  be 
received  by  the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore,  by  April  1 
for  admission  in  the  fall  semester  and  by  October  1  for  admission  in  the  spring 
semester. 

For  more  information  about  the  Master  of  Science  degree  program  in  dental 
hygiene,  write:  Graduate  Program  Director,  Department  of  Dental  Hygiene,  666 
West  Baltimore  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 


74  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  ORAL  BIOLOGY 

I  Ik-  Mastei  ol  v  ience  in  ( )ral  Biology  I  \l\i  )B)  program  is  designed  foi  dentists 
who  wish  to  pursue  a  master's  degree  combining  graduate  education  \miIi  .i  posi 
graduate  certificate  program  (combined  certificate  MS(  )B  program)  <u  who  may 
wish  to  pursue  .1  Master  o(  S<  ien< c  degree  in  c  )ral  Biology  i  Mm  )B)  only. 

Objectives 

•  to  provide  graduate  training  ai  the  master's  level  for  individuals  holding  a  pro 
Sessional  degree  in  dentistry. 

•  To  provide  demists  with  an  interdisciplinary  graduate  foundation  in  the  bio- 
logical And  clinical  sciences  for  careers  in  dental  research,  dental  education,  the 
practice  of  dentistry  or  a  dental  specialty. 

Scope  of  Training 

Students  receive  graduate  training  in  the  basic  sciences.  Although  lecture  courses 
comprise  most  of  the  curriculum,  many  of  the  basic  science  courses  include  a  lab- 
oratory- component.  A  significant  portion  of  the  program  is  devoted  to  the  design 
and  completion  of  a  thesis  research  project,  which  is  a  requirement  of  the  program. 
Students  have  the  opportunity  to  select  research  advisors  from  several  disciplines 
and  research  topics  from  many  basic  and  clinical  sciences. 

Site  and  Facilities 

The  primary  training  site  is  the  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore.  Pathology  and  the  disciplines  of  anatomy,  biochemistry,  microbiology, 
pharmacology  and  physiology  are  included  in  the  department  of  oral  and  cranio- 
facial biological  sciences.  Thus,  laboratory  space  and  equipment  are  readily  avail- 
able for  student  training.  Facilities  are  also  available  at  other  schools  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  as  well  as  the  University  of  Maryland  Balti- 
more County  and  College  Park  campuses. 

Length  of  Program 

MSOB  students  should  be  able  to  complete  the  requirements  of  this  program 
within  two  years.  MSOB/certificate  students  should  be  able  to  complete  the 
requirements  of  both  programs  within  three  years. 

Faculty 

Over  60  Dental  School  professors  who  are  members  of  the  graduate  faculty'  partic- 
ipate in  this  program.  Faculty  of  other  schools  of  the  university  are  also  involved. 

Academic  Advisors 

Students  enrolled  in  the  combined  certificate/MSOB  program  will  have  their 
respective  specialty  program  director  as  their  academic  advisor.  Students  enrolled 
in  the  MSOB  program  only  will  have  the  chairman  of  the  Graduate  Oversight 
Committee  as  their  academic  advisor. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  75 


Admission  Requirements 

•  Applicants  must  possess  a  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery,  Doctor  of  Dental  Medi- 
cine or  equivalent  degree  and  must  fulfill  requirements  for  admission  to  the 
University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore. 

•  Application  information  for  the  MSOB  program  may  be  obtained  from  the 
University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore,  5401  Wilkens  Avenue, 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21228. 

•  Applicants  for  the  combined  certificate/MSOB  program  must  first  apply  and 
gain  admission  to  the  clinical  specialty  program  of  their  choice.  Applications  for 
the  specialty  certificate  programs  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  the  Office  of 
Admissions  and  Student  Affairs,  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental 
School,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore,  666  West  Baltimore  Street, 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201.  After  gaining  admission  to  the  specialty  program, 
the  individual  must  apply  to  the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School, 
Baltimore  for  admission  to  the  MSOB  portion  of  the  combined  program. 

Curriculum 

Students  enrolled  in  either  the  MSOB  program  or  the  combined  certificate/MSOB 
program  are  required  to  have  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  in  courses  accept- 
able for  credit  towards  a  graduate  degree,  including  six  hours  of  thesis  research 
credit  at  the  799  level.  At  least  12  credit  hours  must  be  selected  from  courses  num- 
bered 600  or  above.  Courses  below  600  must  be  approved  by  the  University  of 
Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore  in  order  to  be  acceptable  for  graduate  credit. 
Students  admitted  to  the  MSOB  program  only  will  be  required  to  follow  an  inter- 
disciplinary core  curriculum  of  1 5  credits. 

More  specific  information  pertaining  to  this  master's  degree  program  may  be 
obtained  by  contacting  the  chairman  of  the  Graduate  Oversight  Committee, 
Department  of  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,  University  of  Maryland 
Dental  School,  666  West  Baltimore  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  AND  DOCTOR  OF  PHILOSOPHY 
IN  ORAL  AND  MAXILLOFACIAL  PATHOLOGY 


Objectives 

•  To  prepare  individuals  for  an  academic  career  in  the  discipline  of  clinical  and 
experimental  oral  pathology. 

•  To  fulfill  educational  requirements  for  specialty  certification  by  the  American 
Board  of  Oral  Pathology. 

Scope  of  Training 

In  this  unique  program,  which  is  one  of  only  14  nationally  accredited  programs, 
students  receive  experience  and  training  in  surgical  oral  pathology,  clinical  oral 
pathology  and  the  basic  sciences.  An  extensive  series  of  lectures,  seminars  and  case 
conferences  are  conducted  to  provide  a  comprehensive  curriculum  that  meets  the 


76  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


requirements  bothfoi  American  Boaitlcenitication  and  the  conBrmacion  of  a  grad 
uatc  degree  from  the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimoi 

\  racult)  advisoi  is  assigned  to  guide  ea<  li  candidate  through  thedidacti<  cut 
i  kuI u in  and  reseaix  h  thesis.  Students  arc  encouraged  to  complete  the  thesis  ••«-  ad 
emk  degree  program  although  .1  non  thesis  option  is  available.  Research  interests 
of  the  faculty  include:  connec  rive  tissue,  bone,  stress  proteins,  retroviruses  and  epi 
demiology  of  oral  disease. 

Site  of  Training 

Most  clinical  training  is  conducted  within  the  department  ol  oral  pathology  ol  the 

Universit)  oi  Maryland  Dental  School.  Didactic  courses  are  taken  in  various 

schools  on  the  Universit)'  of  Maryland  Baltimore  campus  and  .11  the  Baltimore 
c  oimtv  campus.  Electives  and  special  courses  may  also  be  taken  at  the  I  University 
of  Maryland  College  Park  campus  or  at  The  Johns  I  lopkins  University.  All  of  the 

above  sites,  as  well  as  the  National  Institute  of  Health,  the  National  Library  of 
Medicine  and  the  Armed  Forces  Institute  of  Pathology  in  the  Washington  area. 
may  serve  as  resources  for  the  development  and  completion  of  the  research  thesis. 

Number  of  Positions 

No  limit 

Faculty 

John  J.  Sauk,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Chairman,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral 

Pathology 
Russell  L.  Corio,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  Pathology 
Ross  Couwenhoven,  D.D.S.,  Ph.D. 

Bernard  A.  Levy,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral  Pathology 
Robert  S.  Redman,  D.D.S.,  M.S.D.,  Ph.D.,  Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Oral 

Pathology 

Length  of  Program 

M.S.,  three  years 
Ph.D.,  four  years 

Special  Requirements 

D.D.S.,  D.M.D.,  or  equivalent  degree 

Curriculum 

DPAT  612,  613,  Special  Problems  in  Oral  Pathology  (2,2).  One  lecture  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.  The  histopathology  of  selected  oral  lesions  with 
emphasis  on  recent  advances  in  diagnostic  techniques. 

DPAT  614,  615  Methods  in  Histopathology  (4,4).  Two  four-hour  laboratory 
periods  each  week.  The  laboratory  methods  used  in  preparing  pathologic  tissues  for 
microscopic  examination. 


Advanced  Education  Programs  77 


DPAT  616,  617  Advanced  Histopathology  of  Oral  Lesions  (3,3).  One  hour  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  each  week.  The  study  of  uncommon  and  rare 
lesions  of  the  head  and  neck. 

DPAT  618  Seminar  (1).  One  period  each  week.  Recent  advances  in  oral 
pathology. 

The  prerequisite  for  all  courses  above  is  a  basic  course  in  pathology.  Approved 
electives  wiil  supplement  these  courses  until  the  credit  requirements  of  the  program 
are  met. 

DPAT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-12) 

DPAT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-12) 


CONTINUING  DENTAL  EDUCATION 

Through  its  academic  departments,  the  Dental  School  offers  a  diverse  curriculum 
of  continuing  education  courses  designed  to  update,  refresh  and  reinforce  the  pro- 
fessional knowledge  and  skills  of  practicing  dentists,  hygienists  and  office  staff.  The 
most  current  clinical,  biological,  social  and  behavioral  sciences  and  practice  man- 
agement knowledge  is  included  in  the  course  offerings.  Courses  are  conducted 
mainly  by  the  school's  faculty.  Continuing  education  credits  are  awarded  for  all 
courses  to  recognize  attendance  and  participation  in  these  activities.  A  significant 
number  of  the  on-campus  courses  are  laboratory  or  clinical  hands-on  courses.  An 
increasing  number  of  off-campus  courses  are  being  provided  for  dental  profession- 
als located  in  suburban  and  rural  areas  of  the  state. 


78  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


" 


\ 


Student  Life 


STUDENT  SERVICES 


OFFICE  OF  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 


The  office  of  academic  affairs,  under  the  direction  of  the  senior  associate  dean,  is 
the  source  of  student  information  about  the  academic  program  and  is  the  reposi- 
tory for  records  of  student  academic  performance.  A  major  function  of  the  office  is 
to  coordinate  the  academic  counseling  and  guidance  programs  of  the  school. 
Departmental  academic  counseling  and  progress  reports  are  maintained  and  mon- 
itored. Records  concerning  counseling,  referrals  and  disposition  are  maintained 
and  serve  as  a  resource  of  academic  evaluation  by  the  faculty  and  administration. 

Textbook  lists,  course  schedules,  examination  schedules  and  the  academic  cal- 
endar are  disseminated  through  this  office.  Examples  of  program  information  dis- 
tributed to  students  include  handouts  about  course  offerings,  course  credits,  and 
guidelines  for  the  selection  of  students  for  clerkship  programs. 

Official  class  rosters  and  student  personal  data  and  address  files  are  maintained 
by  the  office  of  academic  affairs,  which  serves  as  a  liaison  between  the  Dental  School 
and  the  university  registrar  for  the  coordination  of  registration  procedures. 

The  office  is  also  responsible  for  coordination  of  a  computerized  grading  system 
which  (a)  provides  each  advancement  committee  with  a  composite  report  on  all  stu- 
dents in  the  class  at  the  end  of  each  semester;  (b)  provides,  on  request,  class  rank- 
ings and  other  evaluation  data;  and  (c)  operates  in  conjunction  with  the  university's 
office  of  records  and  registration,  which  generates  and  distributes  individual  grade 
reports,  maintains  the  student's  permanent  record  and  issues  the  official  transcript. 


OFFICE  OF  ADMISSIONS  AND  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 

The  office  of  admissions  and  student  affairs,  under  the  direction  of  the  assistant 
dean  for  admissions  and  student  affairs,  is  either  directly  or  indirectly  involved  with 
all  aspects  of  student  life  and  welfare  at  the  Dental  School.  The  office  manages  the 
admissions  of  students  for  all  programs  and  continues  to  work  with  students 
throughout  their  years  at  the  Dental  School. 

Students  who  experience  career,  health,  legal,  employment,  housing  and  other 
personal  problems  are  counseled  by  the  assistant  dean  for  admissions  and  student 
affairs  or  referred,  as  appropriate,  to  campus  agencies  or  offices.  In  addition,  coun- 


80  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


seling  concerning  spec  ialt)  training,  military  service,  internships,  dental  education 
and  dental  researc  h  careers  is  available  to  predoctoral  dental  and  dental  hygiene  stu 
dents  through  ilu-  ( )ffice  oi  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs. 

1  he  assistant  dean  foi  admissions  and  student  .itf.ms  serves  .is  advisoi  t<>  .ill  sm 
dent  organizations  and  publications  and  also  assists  in  the  coordination  of  joint  stu 
dent  (acult)   programs  (professional,  social  and  cultural).    I  lit-  Student  Affairs 
c  ommittee  of  the  Faculty  ( Council  has  the  majoi  responsibility  t<x  such  programs. 

1  b  effectively  conduct  all  student  affairs,  the  office  of  admissions  and  student 
affairs  maintains  direct  liaison  with  all  administrators,  .is  well  ,isi,ini()us,  commu 
nity  and  professional  organizations  and  agencies. 


OFFICE  OF  CLINICAL  AFFAIRS 


All  intramural  and  extramural  clinical  programs  of  die  Dental  School  are  coordi- 
nated by  the  orfice  of  clinical  affairs.  Major  functions  of  this  office  include  coordi- 
nating the  schedules  of  faculty  from  the  various  disciplines  to  each  general  practice, 
scheduling  the  rotation  of  students  to  special  assignments,  assigning  patients  to  stu- 
dents, maintaining  patient  records,  and  assuming  responsibility  for  continuous 
quality  improvement,  patient  advocacy  and  clinical  information  management. 

Patient  visits  to  the  predoctoral  clinics  of  the  Dental  School  exceed  60,000 
annually.  Through  the  office  of  clinical  affairs,  assistance  is  provided  to  students 
and  patients  who  encounter  difficulties.  Central  Materials  Services,  Central 
Records  Systems,  and  personnel  and  financial  management  associated  with  the 
operation  of  the  teaching  clinics  are  additional  responsibilities  coordinated  through 
this  office. 


INSTRUCTIONAL  SUPPORT  SERVICES 


Instructional  Support  Services  (ISS)  has  as  its  primary  objective  the  provision  of 
instructional  support  for  the  dental  curriculum.  The  goal  of  ISS  is  to  apply  the  prin- 
ciples of  management  to  the  process  of  education  in  order  to  maintain  a  constant 
focus  on  the  quality  of  the  education  being  provided  students  pursuing  a  career  in 
dentistry  or  dental  hygiene.  A  fully  equipped  Independent  Learning  Center  hous- 
ing study  carrels  and  a  wide  variety  of  audiovisual  equipment  used  in  conjunction 
with  assigned  curricular  materials  is  also  available.  Consultation  on  the  develop- 
ment of  instructional  packages  and  media  applications  is  provided  to  dental  school 
faculty  and  students. 

The  Independent  Learning  Center  is  open  more  than  65  hours  a  week  includ- 
ing evenings  and  Saturdays  and  provides  a  comfortable  atmosphere  for  indepen- 
dent study.  Students,  faculty  and  practitioners  are  welcome  to  use  these  facilities  at 
any  time. 


Student  Life 


STUDENT  AND  EMPLOYEE  HEALTH 


The  school  provides  medical  care  for  its  students  through  Student  and  Employee 
Health,  located  in  the  Family  Medicine  Associates  offices  at  29  S.  Paca  Street.  Cov- 
erage is  provided  by  family  physicians  and  nurse  practitioners.  Gynecological  ser- 
vices, including  health  maintenance  and  family  planning  are  available.  A  physician 
is  on-call  after  hours  for  urgent  problems.  Hepatitis  B  immunization,  required  for 
all  dental  and  dental  hygiene  students,  is  administered  through  Student  and 
Employee  Health. 

All  full-time  students  are  required  to  have  health  insurance.  An  excellent  insur- 
ance policy  is  available  through  UMAB  that  provides  wide  coverage,  including 
obstetrical  care.  The  cost  of  most  of  the  care  provided  at  Student  and  Employee 
Health  is  paid  for  through  the  student  health  fee. 


COUNSELING  CENTER 


The  Counseling  Center  provides  professional  individual  and  group  counseling  to 
UMAB  students.  Some  of  the  problems  that  students  seek  help  with  include:  stress, 
relationships,  drugs  or  alcohol,  eating  disorders,  loss  of  a  loved  one  and  stressful 
changes  in  school  or  home  life. 

Students  are  always  seen  by  a  professional — social  worker,  psychologist,  psy- 
chiatrist or  addictions  counselor.  Costs  associated  with  seeing  a  therapist  usually 
are  covered  by  health  insurance;  however,  no  one  is  ever  denied  services  based  on 
ability  to  pay.  All  Counseling  Center  services  are  completely  confidential. 


OFFICE  OF  STUDENT  SERVICES 

The  UMAB  office  of  student  services  assists  physically  challenged  students  with 
academic  and  nonacademic  support  services.  Staff  members  will  work  with  the  stu- 
dent and  the  school  to  provide  interpreters,  note  takers,  parking  and  other  support 
related  to  classroom  activities.  Services  depend  on  individual  needs  and  support 
required  for  successful  matriculation. 

The  office  is  equipped  with  a  TTY  device  to  communicate  with  hearing 
impaired  individuals.  TTY  is  available  for  use  by  hearing  impaired  students  while 
they  are  on  campus.  Accessible  on-campus  housing  is  available  in  the  Pascault  Row 
apartments.  For  more  information,  contact  the  office  of  admissions  and  student 
affairs  in  the  Dental  School  at  706-7472. 


HOUSING 

Baltimore  is  a  fun,  friendly  city  with  many  affordable  and  convenient  housing 
options.  The  brochure  Living  in  Baltimore  describes  on-  and  off-campus  options 
for  UMAB  students;  it  is  available  through  most  UMAB  admissions  offices  or  by 
calling  the  residence  life  office  at  (410)  706-7766. 


82  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


I  Ik-  Baltimore  Student  Union,  with  dormitor)  style  accommodations,  and  Pas 
cauh  Im>w  apartments  are  two  university  owned,  on-campus  housing  compl< 
Privatel)  owned  unfurnished  apartments  are  also  available  in  several  on  campus 
lofi  distria  buildings. 

Man)  students  choose  to  live  in  neighborhoods  surrounding  the  I  M  \B  ( am 
pus.  Room,  apartment  and  home  listings  are  available  through  the  student  life 
office.  Moreover,  the  University  sponsors  a  shuttle  service  (the(  aravan)  which  pro 
vides  transportation  to  students  in  the  surrounding  neighborhoods  i<>  and  from 
campus  seven  days  a  week. 

c  )n  campus  parking  is  available  to  students.  ( Commuting  students  must  obtain 
a  [Miking  permit  from  the  parking  services  office,  then  pay  the  established  daily  rate 
when  parking  in  the  garage.  Students  who  live  in  on-  campus  housing  pay  for  park- 
ing by  the  semester  or  year  and  are  guaranteed  24-hour  parking  in  a  garage  adja- 
cent to  their  residence  facility.  Public  transportation  makes  the  campus  accessible 
by  bus,  subway  and  light  rail. 


ATHLETIC  FACILITIES 


The  Athletic  Center  at  UMAB  is  located  on  the  10th  floor  of  the  Pratt  Street 
Garage.  The  facility  is  equipped  with  one  squash  court,  two  racquetball/handhall 
courts  and  two  basketball  courts  which  may  also  be  used  for  volleyball.  In  addition, 
the  following  equipment  is  available:  two  15-station  universal  gyms;  stationary 
bikes;  rowing,  cross  country  and  stair  machines;  treadmills  and  climbers.  Both 
men's  and  women's  locker  rooms  are  equipped  with  saunas  and  showers. 

Intramural  sports  include  basketball,  flag  football,  hoop  fest,  indoor  triathlon, 
indoor  rowing,  racquetball,  soccer,  softball,  squash,  volleyball  and  weightlifting. 
The  Athletic  Center  also  sponsors  a  variety  of  special  event  tournaments  and  offers 
co-ed  aerobic  classes  and  fitness/wellness  programs.  Mini  courses  in  CPR,  first  aid, 
self-defense,  Tae  Kwon  Do  and  Tai  Chi  are  offered  during  the  school  year.  UMAB 
students  with  a  current  and  valid  I.D.  are  admitted  free.  For  additional  informa- 
tion, contact  the  athletic  manager  at  706-3902. 

UMAB  students  are  also  eligible  to  use  the  pool  at  the  University  of  Man  land 
Baltimore  County  campus,  which  is  located  a  short  15  minutes  from  the  UMAB 
campus.  Call  (410)  455-2129  for  information  and  hours. 


THE  BALTIMORE  STUDENT  UNION      

The  Baltimore  Student  Union  serves  as  a  cultural  and  social  center  for  students, 
faculty,  staff,  alumni  and  guests.  Activities  hosted  by  the  union  include  meetings, 
dances,  movies  and  special  events.  The  multi-purpose  Baltimore  Student  Union 
houses  the  campus  offices  of  student  financial  aid,  graduate  school  admissions, 
records  and  registration,  student  affairs,  USGA,  student  life,  residence  life  and  off- 
campus  housing.  The  bookstore,  Union  Cafe,  meeting  and  party  rooms,  lounge 
space  and  residence  halls  also  are  located  in  the  union. 


Student  Life  83 


STUDENT  POLICIES 


STUDENT  JUDICIAL  POLICY 


Statement  of  Ethical  Principles,  Practices,  and  Behaviors 

Listed  below  are  examples  of  principles  and  behaviors  that  the  academic  commu- 
nity of  the  Dental  School,  consisting  of  both  faculty  and  students,  considers  gen- 
erally valid.  No  such  statement  can  ever  be  complete,  nor  can  it  be  construed  as  a 
comprehensive  code  of  professional  conduct.  Rather,  it  is  intended  as  a  guide  to  live 
by  for  those  who  are  a  part  of  the  academic  community. 

•  Each  member  of  this  community  is  obliged  to  carry  out  his  or  her  designated 
responsibilities  within  the  rules  and  governance  structure  adopted  and  agreed  to 
by  the  community  as  a  whole. 

•  Faculty  and  students  should  be  concerned  with  their  own  competence  and  strive 
to  improve  themselves  in  the  integration  and  transmission  of  knowledge. 

•  In  contributing  to  the  information  base  of  the  sciences,  whether  verbally  or  by 
written  communication,  students  and  faculty  should  present  data,  interpreta- 
tions of  data,  and  other  facets  of  scholarly  discovery  with  honesty  and  integrity. 

•  Professional  relations  among  all  members  of  the  community  should  be  marked 
by  civility.  Thus,  scholarly  contributions  should  be  acknowledged,  slanderous 
comments  and  acts  should  be  expunged,  and  each  person  should  recognize  and 
facilitate  the  contributions  of  others  to  this  community. 

•  Each  member  of  the  community,  when  acting  as  an  evaluator  of  any  other  mem- 
ber, should  recognize  unprofessional  personal  bias  and  eliminate  its  effect  on  the 
evaluation. 

•  The  validity  of  evaluation  shall  not  be  compromised  by  any  departure  from  the 
published  and/or  generally  understood  rules  of  conduct.  Thus,  all  manner  of 
cheating  on  examinations  or  the  presentation  of  work  assumed  to  be  one's  own 
but  done  by  another  are  unacceptable  behaviors. 

•  An  individual  may  challenge  or  refuse  to  comply  with  a  directive  whose  imple- 
mentation would  not  be  in  keeping  with  generally  held  ethical  principles. 

•  An  individual  should  report  his  or  her  limitation  of  knowledge  or  experience  if 
either  limitation  is  likely  to  compromise  an  effort  or  expected  result. 

•  Faculty  and  students  should  seek  consultation  whenever  it  appears  that  the  qual- 
ity of  professional  service  may  be  enhanced  thereby. 

•  Students  should  seek  consultation  and  supervision  whenever  their  care  of  a 
patient  may  be  compromised  because  of  lack  of  knowledge  and/or  experience. 

•  Students  and  faculty  must  merit  the  confidence  of  patients  entrusted  to  their 
care,  rendering  to  each  a  full  measure  of  service  and  devotion. 

•  All  patients  should  be  treated  with  dignity  and  respect. 

•  An  individual  or  group  of  individuals  should  not  abuse  their  power  by  extend- 
ing it  beyond  its  defined  or  generally  accepted  limits. 

•  To  the  extent  practical,  sanctions  for  violations  of  these  principles  shall  affect 
only  individuals  found  to  have  committed  the  violations  and  shall  not  affect 
other  persons. 

84  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Professional  (  ode  oj  (  onducl 

1  Ins  academic  community  has  interrelated  responsibilities  <»t  producing  and  dis 
seminating  new  scientific  knowledge,  teaching,  caring  fbi  patients,  and  edu< 
individuals  to  cany  on  these  same  functions.  In  carrying  oui  these  responsibilii 
the  academic  community  needs  rules  i»>  guide  the  maintenance  <»t  high  standards. 
1  hesc  must  be  nurtured  by  individuals  with  a  developed  sense  ol  honor,  inti 
and  intellectual  honesty.  It  is  incumbent  upon  the  academic   communii 
provide  an  environment  which  fosters  these  attributes  in  students  and  faculn 
members. 

It  is  important  that  (acuity  and  students  in  a  health  profession  realize  that  in  out 
society  the  health  practitioner  (unctions  mainly  on  the  basis  ol  self  discipline, 
rather  than  on  imposed  regulation,  and  receives  a  high  degree  ol  public  confidence 

M\d  trust.  By  accepting  a  Professional  ("ode  of  (  'oihIiki.  which  represents  this  trust, 
the  (acuity  member  and  student  demonstrate  the  desire  to  be  fully  prepared  for  the 
obligation  to  the  dental  profession  and  to  the  people  served.  As  is  traditionallj 

expected  of  all  health  professionals,  (acuity  members  and  students  will  demonstrate 
the  highest  standards  of  integrity  at  all  times.  Faculty  and  students  are  expected  at 
all  times  to  conduct  themselves  in  accordance  with  all  codes,  rules  and  regulations 
of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of 
Maryland  at  Baltimore. 

Student  Offenses  of  the  Professional  Code  of  Conduct 

The  following  behaviors,  while  not  all  inclusive,  are  examples  of  student  offenses 

of  the  Professional  Code  of  Conduct: 

•  Unprofessional  Conduct.  Including,  but  not  limited  to,  all  forms  of  conduct 
which  fail  to  meet  the  standards  of  the  dental  profession,  lack  of  personal  clean- 
liness, use  of  abusive  language  or  behavior,  sexual  harassment,  disruption  of  class 
or  any  other  school  activity,  and/or  violation  of  the  Dental  School  dress  code. 

•  Academic  Misconduct.  All  forms  of  student  academic  misconduct  including, 
but  not  limited  to,  plagiarism,  cheating  on  examinations,  violation  of  examina- 
tion procedures,  and  submitting  work  for  evaluation  that  is  not  one's  own  effort. 

•  Dishonesty.  Including  knowingly  furnishing  false  information  through  forger) \ 
alteration  or  misuse  of  documents  or  records  with  intent  to  deceive;  presenting 
written  or  oral  statements  known  to  be  false;  loaning,  transferring,  altering  or 
otherwise  misusing  University  identification  materials. 

•  Theft  or  Destruction  of  Property.  Including  unauthorized  possession  or  receiv- 
ing of  property  that  does  not  belong  to  the  individual,  such  as  instruments  and 
books,  or  destruction  of  property  not  belonging  to  the  individual. 

•  Forcible  entry  into  University  facilities. 

•  Intentional  infliction  or  threat  of  bodily  harm. 

•  Possession  of  illegal  drugs  or  weapons. 

•  Aiding  or  Abetting.  Including  conspiring  with  or  knowingly  aiding  or  abetting 
another  person  to  engage  in  any  unacceptable  activity. 

•  Violation  of  any  codes,  rules,  and  regulations  of  the  Baltimore  College  of 
Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore. 

The  sections  of  the  Student  Judicial  Policy  included  in  this  bulletin  are  intended 
to  provide  examples  of  the  high  standards  of  conduct  expected  of  a  professional  and 

Student  Life  85 


the  offenses  against  these  standards.  The  remaining  sections  of  the  policy  describe 
specific  examination  procedures  and  procedures  for  considering  infractions  against 
the  Professional  Code  of  Conduct  and  are  published  in  the  Dental  Student  Hand- 
book. The  Student  Judicial  Policy  in  its  entirety  is  sent  to  each  admitted  student. 
Acceptance  to  the  Dental  School  is  contingent  upon  the  understanding  and  accep- 
tance of  the  tenets  contained  in  the  Student  Judicial  Policy  and  Professional  Code 
of  Conduct  and  are  published  in  the  Student  Handbook. 


DRESS  REGULATIONS 

It  is  important  to  maintain  a  favorable  and  professional  image  of  the  Dental  School 
as  a  professional  health  care  center.  To  that  end,  all  levels  of  employees  and  students 
within  the  building  are  expected  to  dress  and  maintain  a  personal  cleanliness  that 
is  consistent  with  a  professional  patient  care  oriented  atmosphere. 

The  following  regulations  apply  to  all  employees  and  students.  These  regula- 
tions apply  in  all  areas  of  Hayden-Harris  Hall  and  all  affiliated  sites  during  the  busi- 
ness days  when  clinics  and  classes  are  scheduled: 

•  Informal  attire  such  as  denim  jeans  are  not  permitted.  Shorts  of  any  type  are  not 
acceptable.  Athletic  shoes  are  generally  not  permitted,  except  when  worn  with 
scrub  attire. 

•  All  students  will  wear  lab  coats  and  clinic  jackets  provided  by  the  school.  Jack- 
ets will  be  worn  in  all  preclinical  labs,  the  Clinical  Simulation  Unit,  and  in  all 
clinical  areas.  A  new  clinic  jacket  will  be  worn  each  day;  the  jacket  will  be 
changed  immediately  should  it  become  visibly  stained  or  contaminated  with 
bloodborne  pathogens. 

•  Surgical  scrub  attire  may  be  worn  while  students  are  providing  patient  care,  pro- 
vided that  a  clean  white  clinic  jacket  is  worn  over  the  scrubs,  and  the  scrubs  are 
obtained  from  the  Dental  School  store.  Clean  white  athletic  shoes  may  be  worn 
with  scrub  attire.  Scrubs  may  not  be  worn  outside  Hayden-Harris  Hall,  except 
when  students  are  going  to  or  from  a  clinical  rotation.  Scrub  attire  may  be  worn 
only  if  the  approved  shirt  and  pants  are  worn  together. 

•  Men  will  wear  clean,  neat  slacks  and  collared  shirts.  Neckties  will  be  required  in 
clinical  settings.  Pre-clinical  students  will  not  be  required  to  wear  neckties  in 
nonclinical  situations. 

•  Women  will  wear  clean  attire,  appropriate  for  a  professional  environment.  Split 
skirts  and  full-  cut  dressy  shorts  are  acceptable,  provided  they  are  no  shorter  than 
two  inches  above  the  knee  and  are  worn  with  hose  or  tights.  Otherwise,  women 
are  not  required  to  wear  hose  with  slacks  or  skirts.  Open-toe  shoes  are  not  per- 
mitted. 

•  Long  hair  must  be  pulled  back  away  from  the  face. 

The  primary  responsibility  for  complying  with  and  enforcing  these  regulations 
rests  with  the  individual.  Individuals  in  violation  of  these  regulations  will  be  dis- 
missed from  the  laboratory,  clinical  area  and/or  lecture  room  by  the  supervising  fac- 
ulty until  these  regulations  have  been  met.  Department  chairpersons  will  ensure 
that  these  guidelines  are  complied  with  and  enforced. 


86  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


^written  incident  report  des<  ribing  the  nature  ofche  violation  will  be  forwarded 
to,  and  filed  in  the  office  of  the  senior  associate  dean,  withacop)  to  the  individual 
within  one  working  day  following  the  infraction.  Subsequent  violations  <>t  these 
regulations  b)  a  given  individual  will  be  (brwarded  l>\  thesenioi  associate  dean  to 
die  appropriate  bod)  i*m  a<  tion. 


PUBLICATIONS/ORGANIZATIONS/AWARDS 


PUBLICATIONS 


Denial  School  and  campus  publications  include  the  Varum,  a  semi-annual  maga- 
zine focusing  on  news  and  information  ot  and  to  the  schools  alumni,  faculty,  stu- 
dents and  friends;  The  UMAB  Voice,  published  bi-monthly;  and  the  annual  I  rMAB 
Student  Answer  Book.  In  addition,  the  office  of  admissions  and  student  affairs  pub- 
lishes a  Dental  Student  Htuidbook  for  distribution  to  incoming  dental  students. 
These  publications  are  distributed  free  of  charge. 

Student  publications  include  a  yearbook,  The  MIRROR,  published  annually  by 
student  editors  and  staff;  and  a  student  directory,  compiled  and  distributed  by  the 
Student  Dental  Association. 


ORGANIZATIONS 

The  Student  Dental  Association  (SDA)  is  the  organizational  structure  of  the  stu- 
dent body.  The  association  is  presided  over  and  governed  by  elected  representatives 
from  all  classes  and  is  represented  on  selected  committees  of  the  Faculty  Council. 
The  organization  participates  in  certain  student-faculty  activities  and  sponsors  and 
directs  all  student  social  activities.  It  is  responsible  for  the  publication  of  the 
school's  yearbook,  The  MIRROR,  and  is  unique  among  dental  student  organiza- 
tions in  having  formulated  its  own  constitution  and  professional  code  of  ethics. 

The  American  Student  Dental  Association  (AS DA)  was  established  in  Feb- 
ruary 1971,  with  the  aid  of  the  American  Dental  Association  (ADA).  Its  primary 
purposes  are  to  secure  scholarships  and  loans  and  to  assist  in  other  student-related 
affairs.  ASDA  membership  includes  student  membership  in  the  ADA  and  a  sub- 
scription to  xht  Journal  of  the  ADA  and  the  ADA  News. 

Student  American  Dental  Hygienists'  Association  (SAD HA)  members  are 
involved  in  activities  such  as  hosting  guest  speakers,  conducting  fundraising  pro- 
jects, presenting  table  clinics  and  maintaining  liaison  with  the  state  and  local  orga- 
nizations. They  also  participate  in  meetings  and  discussion  groups  on  a  regional 
and  national  level.  Student  representatives  attend  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Amer- 
ican Dental  Hygienists'  Association. 

The  Student  National  Dental  Association  (SNDA),  Maryland  chapter,  was 
founded  in  1 973.  The  primary  objective  of  this  organization  is  to  foster  the  recruit- 


Student  Life  87 


ment,  admission,  development  and  graduation  of  black  dental  and  dental  hygiene 
students.  Among  the  activities  in  which  the  Maryland  chapter  is  engaged  are  minor- 
ity recruitment,  tutoring,  social  and  professional  programs,  and  community  and 
university  relations. 

The  American  Association  of  Dental  Research/Student  Research  Group  was 
founded  in  1987.  The  objectives  of  the  local  chapter  are  to  promote  student 
research  in  dentistry  and  its  related  disciplines,  to  promote  the  advancement  of  den- 
tal research  and  related  aspects,  and  to  further  the  aims  and  objectives  of  the  Amer- 
ican Association  of  Dental  Research  (AADR)  and  International  Association  of 
Dental  Research  (IADR)  as  they  relate  to  student  research.  Membership  is  open  to 
all  dental  and  dental  hygiene  students  expressing  an  interest  in  dental  research.  Past 
research  experience  is  not  a  requirement  for  membership. 

The  American  Association  of  Dental  Schools  (AADS)  promotes  the  advance- 
ment of  dental  education,  research  and  service  in  all  appropriately  accredited  insti- 
tutions that  offer  programs  for  dental  personnel.  The  association  has  three 
membership  categories:  institutional,  individual  and  student.  Student  members 
receive  the  Journal  of  Dental  Education  and  the  Dental  Student  News,  published  by 
the  association.  During  the  year  the  local  chapter  conducts  programs  to  promote 
the  goals  of  this  organization.  Three  Dental  School  student  representatives  (two 
dental  and  one  dental  hygiene)  are  elected  to  serve  on  the  Council  of  Students  of 
the  American  Association  of  Dental  Schools. 

The  Gamma  Pi  Delta  Prosthodontic  Honorary  Society,  chartered  in  1965, 
is  an  honorary  student  dental  organization  with  scholarship  and  interest  in  the  field 
of  prosthetic  dentistry  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  objective  of  the  organization  is 
the  advancement  of  prosthetic  dentistry  through  lectures,  table  clinics  and  other 
academic  activities  which  will  stimulate  the  creative  interest  of  students  and  the 
profession  in  general. 

The  Gorgas  Odontological  Honorary  Society  was  organized  in  1916  as  an 
honorary  student  dental  society  with  scholarship  as  a  basis  for  admission.  The  soci- 
ety was  named  after  Dr.  Ferdinand  J.  S.  Gorgas,  a  pioneer  in  dental  education,  a 
teacher  of  many  years'  experience  and  a  major  contributor  to  dental  literature.  It 
was  with  the  idea  of  perpetuating  his  name  that  the  society  chose  its  title. 

To  be  eligible  for  membership  a  student  must  rank  in  the  top  one-third  of  the 
class,  must  have  achieved  and  maintained  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.00 
in  all  combined  courses  and  must  not  have  repeated  for  scholastic  reasons  any  sub- 
ject. Speakers  prominent  in  the  dental  and  medical  fields  are  invited  to  address, 
members  at  monthly  meetings.  An  effort  is  made  to  obtain  speakers  not  affiliated 
with  the  university. 

The  Phi  Chapter  of  Omicron  Kappa  Upsilon,  a  national  honorary  dental 
society,  was  chartered  at  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery  during  the  1928- 
29  academic  year.  Students  whose  rank  for  the  entire  course  of  study  is  among  the 
highest  20  percent  of  the  class  are  eligible.  This  high  honor  is  conferred  upon  those 


88  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


seniors  who,  in  addition  to  scholarship,  have  demonstrated  exemplar)  charactei 
ii. ms  and  potential  fbt  future  pnitrssuin.il  growth  and  attainment. 

The  Academj  of  General  Dentistry  membership  is  open  to  .ill  students  in  the 
Dental  School,  t  leneral  dentists  share  extraordinary  experiences  in  lecture  discus 
sion  programs  of  interest  to  all.  Meetings  are  held  several  times  .1  yeaj  aftei  si  hool 
hours. 

The  American  Association  of  Women  Demists     is  founded  nationally  111 
1921.  The  Maryland  student  chapter,  founded  in  1982,  provides  support  and 
information  locall)  to  women  dental  students  attending  the  I  )ental  School.  I  a 
tines,  group  discussions,  projects  and  gatherings  with  practitioners  and  A  AW  I  > 
chapters  from  other  denial  schools  form  the  basis  of  the  group's  activities. 

The  American  Society  of  Dentistry  for  Children  meets  oncea  month  and  uses 
a  lecture-discussion  format  to  discuss  subjects  .is  varied  as  nutrition  for  children  to 

nitrous  oxide  analgesia  in  private  practice.  All  students  are  welcome  to  join. 

The  Big  Brother/Sister  Program  is  a  voluntary  effort  on  the  part  of  each  mem- 
ber of  the  year  II  dental  student  class  to  help  and  advise  a  member  of  the  incoming 
year  I  class.  It  is  hoped  that  this  assistance  will  continue  through  graduation  of  each 
class.  The  program  has  been  made  an  official  standing  committee  of  the  SI  >  \. 

The  Dental  Hygiene  Big  Brother/Sister  Program  is  a  voluntary  effort  on  the 
part  of  each  member  of  the  senior  class  to  help  and  advise  a  member  of  the  junior 
class.  It  is  hoped  that  this  assistance  will  continue  through  graduation  of  each  class. 

The  Christian  Dental  Association,  a  chapter  of  the  Christian  Medical  Society, 
provides  students  with  opportunities  in  the  areas  of  community  and  world  outreach 
programs.  In  addition  to  holding  Bible  study  sessions  and  lectures,  the  group  is 
forming  a  network  between  practicing  Christian  dentists  and  dental  students. 

The  Korean  American  Student  Dental  Association  was  established  in  1993 
to  provide  dental  education  to  the  non-English  speaking,  Korean  community  and 
to  help  Korean  dental  students  assimilate  into  the  Dental  School. 

The  University  Student  Government  Association  is  a  growing  team  of  pro- 
fessional and  graduate  students  dedicated  to  making  UMAB  "a  more  perfect 
union."  USGA  was  created  to  advocate  on  behalf  of  all  UMAB  students. 

Professional  dental  fraternities  are  Greek  letter  organizations  of  men  and 
women  bonded  together  by  ritual.  They  are  specialized  fraternities  which  limit 
membership  to  selected  graduates  and  students  enrolled  and  satisfactorily  pursuing 
courses  in  an  accredited  college  of  dentistry.  They  are  not  honorary  fraternities  or 
recognition  societies  which  confer  membership  to  recognize  outstanding  scholar- 
ship. Their  aims  are  to  promote  the  high  ideals  and  standards  of  the  profession, 
advance  professional  knowledge  and  welfare  of  members,  and  provide  a  medium 
through  which  members,  with  a  common  interest,  can  develop  everlasting  friend- 
ships. Representative  chapters  in  the  Dental  School  are  Alpha  Omega,  founded  in 
1907,  and  Psi  Omega,  founded  in  1892. 


Student  Life  89 


AWARDS 


Awards  are  presented  to  senior  students  at  graduation  to  recognize  the  following 
achievements  and  qualities: 

Dentistry 

•  highest  scholastic  average 

•  grade  point  average  among  the  10  highest  in  the  class 

•  highest  average  in  basic  biological  sciences 

•  highest  average  in  preclinical  studies 

•  ethical  standards,  kindness  and  humanitarianism 

•  professional  demeanor 

•  devotion  to  the  school  and  the  profession 

•  characteristics  of  an  outstanding  general  practitioner 

•  greatest  degree  of  professional  growth  and  development 

•  conscientious  and  enthusiastic  devotion  to  clinical  practice 

•  high  proficiency  in  clinical  care  and  patient  management 

•  greatest  proficiency  in  oral-maxillofacial  surgery 

•  excellence  in  fixed  partial  prosthodontics 

•  excellence  in  complete  operative  restoration 

•  excellence  in  removable  prosthodontics 

•  outstanding  senior  thesis/table  clinic 

•  research  achievement 

•  achievement,  proficiency  and/or  potential  in  each  of  the  following  disciplines 
or  specialty  areas: 

anatomy  gold  foil  operation 

anesthesiology  operative  dentistry 

basic  dental  science  oral  health  care  delivery 

dental  materials  oral  medicine 

dentistry  for  children  oral  pathology 

dentistry  for  the  handicapped         oral-maxillofacial  surgery 
dental  radiology  orthodontics 

endodontics  periodontology 

geriatric  dentistry  removable  prosthodontics 

Dental  Hygiene 

•  highest  scholastic  average 

•  grade  point  average  among  the  five  highest  in  the  class 

•  humanitarianism,  ethical  standards  and  devotion  to  the  profession 

•  interest  in  and  potential  for  active  participation  in  professional  organizations 

•  interest  and  participation  in  the  Student  American  Dental  Hygienists'  Asso- 
ciation 

•  outstanding  clinical  performance 

•  outstanding  leadership  and  participation  in  community  activities  and  student 
and  professional  organizations 


90  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


i 


is 


* 


n 


Matriculation  Policies 
and  Procedures 


REGISTRATION  PROCEDURES 


To  attend  classes  students  are  required  to  register  each  term  in  accordance  with  cur- 
rent registration  procedures.  Fees  are  due  and  payable  on  the  dates  specified  for  reg- 
istration. Registration  is  not  completed  until  all  financial  obligations  are  satisfied. 
Students  who  do  not  complete  their  registration  and  pay  tuition  and  all  fees  will 
not  be  permitted  to  attend  classes.  A  fee  will  be  charged  for  late  registration. 

Although  the  university  regularly  mails  bills  to  advance-registered  students,  it 
cannot  assume  responsibility  for  their  receipt.  If  any  student  does  not  receive  a  bill 
prior  to  the  beginning  of  a  semester  in  which  he/she  has  advance  registered,  it  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  contact  the  registrar's  office  or  cashier's  office  during 
normal  business  hours. 

All  checks  and  money  orders  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  for  the  exact  amount  of  the  actual  bill. 

No  diploma,  certificate  or  transcript  of  record  will  be  issued  to  a  student  who 
has  not  made  satisfactory  settlement  of  his  university  account. 


DETERMINATION  OF  IN-STATE  STATUS 

An  initial  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge-differ- 
ential purposes  will  be  made  by  the  university  at  the  time  a  student's  application 
for  admission  is  under  consideration.  The  determination  made  at  that  time,  and 
any  determination  made  thereafter,  shall  prevail  in  each  semester  until  the  deter- 
mination is  successfully  challenged. 

Students  classified  as  in-state  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge-differential  pur- 
poses are  responsible  for  notifying  the  office  of  records  and  registration,  in  writing, 
within  1 5  days  of  any  change  in  their  circumstances  which  might  in  any  way  affect 
their  classification  at  UMAB. 

The  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge-differen- 
tial purposes  is  the  responsibility  of  the  campus  office  of  records  and  registration. 
A  student  may  request  a  reevaluation  of  this  status  by  filing  a  petition  (available  in 
room  326  of  the  Baltimore  Student  Union).  Copies  of  the  university's  policy  are 
available  in  the  admissions  office  and  in  the  dean's  office. 


92  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


1996-97  TUITION  AND  FEES 


Dental  Program 

Per  Per 

Semester  Year 


Matriculation  (new  students)* 

$        50 

$      so 

Tuition  and  fees 

In-state 

4,963 

9,925 

Out-of-state 

10,505 

21.009 

Instrument  cassette  service  charge 

919 

1.838 

Breakage  fee*  (fall  semester  only,  refundable) 

200 

200 

Dental  equipment  purchase  fee  (fall 

semester  only) 

Yearl 

2,612 

2,612 

Year  II 

1,680 

1.680 

Year  III 

75 

75 

Laundry  service  charge 

Years  1  and  II 

85 

170 

Years  III  and  IV 

123 

245 

Student  liability  insurance  (fall  semester  only) 

Years  1,  II 

75 

75 

Years  III,  IV 

150 

150 

Hepatitis  vaccine  series* 

140 

140 

Hospitalization  insurance** 

Student 

455 

909 

Student  and  dependent 

864 

1,728 

Student  and  spouse 

1,091 

2,181 

Family 

1,364 

2,728 

Disability  insurance 

28 

28 

Dormitory  fee*** 

Graduation  fee  (seniors)* 

45 

45 

*One-time  fee. 

**The  university's  program  or  equivalent  insurance  coverage  is  required  of  all  dental 

students  in  addition  to  the  student  health  fee. 

***Dormitoryfees  are  $46.75  per  week,  double  occupancy,  per  occupant. 

An  enrollment  deposit  of  $200  is  required  of  all  dental  students  upon  accep- 
tance of  the  offer  of  admission  to  the  Dental  School.  It  will  be  credited  toward  the 
applicant's  tuition  and  is  nonrefundable.  An  additional  S 1 00  deposit  is  due  by  June 
1  to  confirm  intent  to  enroll. 


Matriculation  Policies  and  Procedures  93 


Dental  Hygiene  Program 

Per  Per 

Semester  Year 


Matriculation  (new  students)* 

$50 

$50 

Tuition  and  fees** 

In-state 

1,554 

3,107 

Out-of-state 

4,600 

9,199 

Instrument  cassette  service  charge 

420 

840 

Breakage  fee,  Year  III  (fall  semester  only,  refundable)* 

100 

100 

Dental  equipment  purchase  fee,  Year  III*  (fall  semester  only) 

390 

390 

Laundry  service  charge 

73 

145 

Student  liability  insurance  (fall  semester  only) 

50 

50 

Hepatitis  vaccine  series* 

140 

140 

Hospitalization  insurance*** 

Student 

455 

909 

Student  and  dependent 

864 

1,728 

Student  and  spouse 

1,091 

2,181 

Family 

1,364 

2,728 

Disability  insurance 

28 

28 

Dormitory  fee**** 

Graduation  fee  (seniors)* 

45 

45 

*One-time  fee. 

**Tuition  figures  are  based  on  full-time  attendance.  Tuition  for  part-time  students 

(eight  credits  or  less)  is  $168 per  credit  hour  instate,  $252 per  credit  hour  out-of-state 

students. 

***The  university  s  program  or  equivalent  insurance  coverage  is  required  of  all  full-time 

dental  hygiene  students  in  addition  to  the  student  health  fee. 

****Dormitory  fees  are  $46. 75 per  week,  double  occupancy,  per  occupant. 

Students  who  are  offered  admission  will  be  required  to  send  a  deposit  of  $200 
with  a  letter  of  intent  to  enroll.  This  deposit  will  be  credited  toward  tuition  at  reg- 
istration, but  will  not  be  refunded  in  the  event  of  failure  to  enroll. 

Advanced  Specialty  Education 

Per  Per 

Semester  Year 


Application  fee* 

$50 

$50 

Tuition  and  fees 

In-state 

4,440 

8,879 

Out-of-state 

8,873 

17,546 

Instrument/Cassette  Service  Charge 

788 

1,575 

Breakage  allowance  (fall  semester,  first  year  only)** 

200 

200 

Laundry  Service  Charge 

122 

245 

Student  liability  insurance 

250 

250 

Hepatitis  B  vaccine* 

140 

140 

94  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Hospitalization  insurance' r 

Student 

455 

909 

Student  and  dependent 

86-4 

I./28 

Student  and  spouse 

1.091 

2.181 

Family 

1.364 

2.728 

*One-time fee. 

'  'Refundable  upon  completion  of  program. 

"""/'/'(•  university's  program  or  equivalent  insurance  coverage  is  required  of  all  post 

graduate  students  in  addition  to  the  student  health  fee. 

Postgraduate  students  in  the  endodontics,  pediatric  dentistry,  periodontics, 
prosthodontics  and  orthodontics  programs  arc  assessed  an  enrollment  deposit  of 
$200.  The  deposit  is  credited  to  the  student's  account  upon  registration.  1  he 
enrollment  deposit  is  not  refundable. 

Students  enrolled  in  graduate  courses  only  should  consult  the  University  of 
Maryland  Graduate  School,  Baltimore  catalog  for  information  about  tuition  and 
fees. 


EXPLANATION  OF  FEES 


Campus  fees  are  used  to  fund  activities  sponsored  by  the  University  Student  Gov- 
ernment Association,  support  the  cost  of  the  shuttle  system  (the  Caravan)  which 
transports  students  to  local  neighborhoods,  meet  the  costs  for  various  student  activ- 
ities, student  publications  and  cultural  programs  within  the  Dental  School,  and  for 
expansion  of  various  campus  facilities  that  are  not  funded  or  are  funded  only  in  part 
from  other  sources. 

The  application  and/or  matriculation  fee  partially  defrays  the  cost  of  pro- 
cessing applications  for  admission  and  enrollment  data  in  the  professional  schools. 
These  are  not  refundable.  The  application  fee  will  be  applied  against  the  matricu- 
lation fee  for  accepted  students. 

The  instrument/  cassette  service  charge  covers  the  rental  of  handpieces,  instru- 
ment cassettes  and  enhancement  instruments. 

The  dental  equipment  purchase  fee  covers  the  preclinical  laboratory  charges 
for  expendable  supplies,  materials  and  equipment. 

The  laundry  service  charge  covers  the  rental  and  laundering  fee  for  laboratory 
coats. 

Student  liability  (malpractice)  insurance  is  charged  all  professional  school 
students.  Dental  and  dental  hygiene  students  in  each  year  of  the  program  are 
required  to  purchase  professional  liability  insurance  as  a  condition  for  enrollment. 
This  policy  also  applies  to  all  advanced  dental  education  students.  Predoctoral  den- 
tal and  dental  hygiene  students  obtain  insurance  coverage  through  a  group  program 
for  a  reasonable  premium  estimated  at  $75-5150  per  year.  Information  regarding 
professional  coverage  for  students  is  available  through  the  Dental  School's  office  of 
clinical  affairs. 


Matriculation  Policies  and  Procedures  95 


Hospitalization  insurance  is  required  of  all  full-time  students.  A  brief  outline 
of  the  student  hospitalization  insurance  program  is  furnished  each  student.  Stu- 
dents with  equivalent  insurance  coverage  must  provide  proof  of  such  coverage  at 
the  time  of  registration  and  obtain  a  hospitalization  insurance  waiver  each  fall 
semester. 

Disability  insurance  is  required  of  all  dental  and  dental  hygiene  students. 

The  graduation  fee  is  charged  to  help  defray  costs  involved  with  graduation  and 
commencement. 

Fees  for  auditors  are  the  same  as  those  charged  for  courses  taken  for  credit  at 
both  the  predoctoral  and  graduate  level.  Audited  credit  hours  will  be  added  to  a  stu- 
dent's total  credit  enrollment  to  determine  whether  or  not  a  student  is  full-time  or 
part-time  for  tuition  and  fee  assessment  purposes. 

Special  students  are  assessed  tuition  and  fees  in  accordance  with  the  schedule  for 
the  comparable  predoctoral,  graduate  or  first  professional  classification. 

•  A  service  charge  is  assessed  for  dishonored  checks  and  is  payable  for  each  check 
which  is  returned  unpaid  by  the  drawee  bank  on  initial  presentation  because  of 
insufficient  funds,  payment  stopped,  postdating  or  drawn  against  uncollected 
items. 

For  checks  up  to  $50  S  5 

For  checks  from  S50. 01  to  SI 00         $10 
For  checks  over  $100  S20 

•  A  late  registration  fee  is  charged  to  defray  the  cost  of  the  special  handling 
involved  for  those  who  do  not  complete  their  registration  on  the  prescribed  days. 

•  The  university  reserves  the  right  to  make  such  changes  in  fees  and  other  charges 
as  may  be  necessary. 

WITHDRAWAL  AND  REFUND  OF  FEES 

Students  who  want  to  leave  the  school  at  any  time  during  the  academic  year  are 
required  to  file  a  letter  of  resignation  with  the  dean.  In  addition,  an  application  for 
withdrawal  form  bearing  the  proper  signatures  must  be  filed  with  the  registrar's 
office.  The  student  must  have  no  outstanding  obligations  to  the  school  and  must 
return  the  student  identification  card. 

If  the  above  procedures  are  not  completed,  the  student  will  not  be  entitled  to 
honorable  dismissal  and  will  forfeit  the  right  to  any  refunds  which  would  otherwise 
be  given.  The  date  used  in  computing  refunds  is  the  date  on  which  the  application 
for  withdrawal  is  filed  in  the  registrar's  office. 

Students  officially  withdrawing  from  the  school  will  be  credited  for  all  acade- 
mic fees  charged  to  them  less  the  matriculation  fee,  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing schedule  for  the  date  instruction  begins: 

Period  from  Date  Instruction  Begins  Refundable 

Two  weeks  or  less  80% 

Between  two  and  three  weeks  60% 

Between  three  and  four  weeks  40% 

Between  four  and  five  weeks  20% 

Over  five  weeks  0 

96  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


STUDENT  EXPENSES 


\  reasonable  estimation  ol  expenses  fbi  the  1996  K)  'academic  yeai  fbi  in  itatestu 
dents  living  awa)  from  home  is  $26,948;  for  oui  ol  state  student  I  hese 

figures  in<  lude  tuition,  fees,  (bod,  lodging  and  personal  expenses,  ex<  luding  travel 
and  the  costs  ol  instruments,  supplies  and  books.  Regional  and  national  board 
examination  fees  are  approximate!)  $  1 ,240  fbi  Jcih.iI  students  and  (600  fbi  den 
tal  hygiene  students. 


TEXTBOOKS 

A  list  of  textbooks  recommended  for  first-year  courses  is  mailed  to  incoming  stu- 
dents during  the  summer  prior  to  enrollment.  Textbook  lists  tor  second-,  third- 
and  fourth-year  courses  are  circulated  at  the  beginning  of  the  academic  year.  The 

campus  bookstore  stocks  these  books;  students  may  purchase  books  there  oi  ai 
other  local  bookstores.  Approximate  costs  of  textbooks  and  other  instructional 
materials  are  as  follows: 

First  year  $525 

Second  year         500 

Third  year  250 

Fourth  year  1 00 


OFFICIAL  UNIVERSITY  RECORDS 


TRANSCRIPT  OF  RECORD 


Students  and  alumni  may  secure  transcripts  of  their  UMAB  record  from  the  regis- 
trar's office.  There  is  no  charge  for  this  service.  A  request  for  transcripts  must  be 
made  in  writing  and  should  be  made  at  least  five  days  in  advance  of  the  date  when 
the  records  are  actually  needed.  Transcripts  are  issued  in  turn  as  requests  are 
received.  No  transcript  will  be  furnished  to  any  student  or  alumnus  whose  finan- 
cial obligations  to  the  university  have  not  been  satisfied. 


DIPLOMA  APPLICATION 

Degree  requirements  vary  according  to  the  UMAB  school  or  program  in  which  a 
student  is  registered.  However,  each  degree  candidate  must  file  a  formal  applica- 
tion for  diploma  with  the  registrar's  office  at  the  beginning  of  the  term  in  which 
the  student  expects  to  graduate.  This  must  be  done  by  the  end  of  the  third  week  of 
the  semester  or  the  second  week  of  the  summer  session. 

A  student  who  does  not  graduate  on  the  originally  expected  date  must  reapply 
for  graduation  by  the  appropriate  deadline. 

Matriculation  Policies  and  Procedures  97 


STUDENT  HEALTH  REQUIREMENTS 


All  students  are  required  to  have  the  campus-sponsored  student  health  and  hospi- 
talization insurance  or  its  equivalent.  Detailed  information  regarding  the  provi- 
sions of  the  excellent  student  policy  the  campus  offers  may  be  obtained  from 
Student  and  Employee  Health.  At  the  time  of  registration  each  year,  students  must 
either  purchase  the  student  coverage  or  produce  certified  proof  of  equivalent  cov- 
erage. If  proof  of  comparable  insurance  is  not  received  at  Student  and  Employee 
Health  by  September  15,  the  student  will  be  required  to  pay  for  the  student  policy 
for  that  semester. 

Students  are  required  to  document  their  immunity  to  childhood  diseases, 
including  measles,  mumps,  rubella  and  chicken  pox.  Information  regarding  spe- 
cific requirements  will  be  distributed  to  each  student.  Since  hepatitis  B  is  an  occu- 
pational risk  for  health  care  providers,  all  enrolling  dental  students  are  also  required 
to  undergo  immunization  against  hepatitis  B.  Vaccine  cost  is  included  in  the  stu- 
dent fees. 


98  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


^MjjJI^P*  *W*^"W1W 


i 


X 


A 


Financial  Aid 


Aid  programs  are  centrally  administered  by  Student  Financial  Aid,  located  in  the 
Baltimore  Student  Union.  The  purpose  of  the  program  is  to  help  students  who  oth- 
erwise would  be  financially  unable  to  attend  the  university.  To  qualify  for  aid,  the 
student  must  apply  annually  and  meet  certain  eligibility  requirements.  Students 
should  apply  in  January  for  the  following  academic  year. 

Aid  packages  often  include  a  combination  of  loans,  grants,  scholarships  and 
work-study  designed  to  meet  100  percent  of  a  student's  needs.  The  student  should 
call  Student  Financial  Aid,  (410)  706-7347,  or  stop  by  for  fact  sheets  that  contain 
detailed  information  on  the  application  process  and  types  of  aid  available.  The 
office  is  open  from  8:00  a.m.  until  6:00  p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday. 


UNIVERSITY  GRANTS 

In  an  attempt  to  meet  the  ever-increasing  needs  of  students,  the  Maryland  legisla- 
ture each  year  allocates  to  the  university  funds  earmarked  for  student  assistance.  As 
a  result,  university  grants  are  available  to  Maryland  residents  who  demonstrate  a 
financial  need.  After  careful  review  of  the  student's  current  financial  situation, 
awards  are  made  on  an  individual  basis. 


ENDOWMENT  AND  LOAN  FUNDS 

American  Dental  Hygienists'  Association  Scholarship  and  Loan  Program.  The 

American  Dental  Hygienists'  Association  administers  two  scholarship  programs: 
the  Certificate  Scholarship  Program  for  students  entering  the  final  year  of  a  dental 
hygiene  curriculum  and  the  Post  Dental  Hygiene  Scholarship  Program  for  certifi- 
cate dental  hygienists  who  will  be  enrolled  in  a  program  leading  to  a  baccalaureate 
degree.  Dental  hygiene  students  who  will  be  enrolled  or  accepted  for  full-time 
enrollment  may  also  be  considered  for  American  Dental  Hygienists'  Association 
Loans  which  range  from  $500  to  $1,000  annually.  Repayment  begins  10  months 
after  graduation  with  7.5  percent  interest  on  the  amount  of  the  loan  outstanding. 
For  further  information  about  these  scholarships,  write  directly  to  the  American 
Dental  Hygienists'  Association,  211  East  Chicago  Avenue,  Chicago,  Illinois 
60611.  In  addition,  local  chapters  of  the  AD  HA  may  offer  scholarships  and/or 
loans.  For  information,  contact  the  SAD  HA.  advisor  on  the  dental  hygiene  faculty. 

John  Carr  Emergency  Loan  Fund.  This  endowed  emergency  student  loan 
fund  was  established  in  memory  of  Dr.  John  Carr,  a  dedicated  member  of  the 
Dental  School  faculty,  and  is  available  to  dental  and  dental  hygiene  students  who 
have  an  emergency  need  during  their  school  years.  Repayment  of  the  loan  is  not 
scheduled  until  after  graduation. 

The  Dr.  Gene  W.  Eng  Scholarship  Fund.  This  scholarship,  which  was  estab- 
lished to  honor  Dr.  Gene  W.  Eng,  class  of  1963,  provides  funds  to  deserving  first- 

1 00  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


yeai  dental  students  foi  payment  ol  tuition  and  fees.  I  he  <  riceru  fbi  iclo  tion  shall 
noi  be  dependent  on  high  academic  achievement,  but  ihall  be  based  on  financial 
need  and  c\  idencc  ol  potential  fbt  success  in  the  Dental  School  and  in  the  pn 
sion  ol  dentist! ) , 

\ll  final  candidates  will  be  required  to  submit  an  essay  desc  ribins  theii  personal 
and  piotcssion.il  reasons  fbt  applying  for  tins  scholarship.  Students  selected  -is 
entering  freshmen  shall  be  eligible  for  the  scholarship  ea<  h  yeu  while  enrolled  and 
in  good  academic  standing  in  the  Dental  School. 

The  EdwardS.  Gaylord  Educational  Endowment  Loan  I  nncL  I  fndei  i  pro 
vision  oi  the  will  of  the  Kite  I  )r.  Edward  S.  ( laylord  of  New  I  laven,  (  onnectic  ut, 
an  amount  approximating  $16,000  was  bequeathed  to  the  Baltimore  (  ollege  ol 
Dental  Surgery,  Dental  School,  Universit)  ol  Maryland  at  Baltimore  to  aid  worthy 
students  in  securing  a  dental  education. 

The  Russell  Gigliotti  Memorial  Student  Loan  Fund.  This  fund  is  intended 
to  provide  financial  assistance  primarily  but  not  exclusively  to  students  in  the  pre- 
clinical years,  for  which  costs  are  significantly  higher  because  of  required  instru- 
ment and  material  purchases.  Any  predoctoral  dental  student  who  qualities  for 
financial  aid,  and  who  is  unable  to  secure  other  university  financial  assistance,  is  eli- 
gible to  apply. 

A  maximum  of  $500  annually  will  be  loaned  to  one  student;  no  student  may 
receive  more  than  two  loans  during  the  period  of  training.  Simple  interest  at  the 
rate  of  5  percent  per  annum  will  be  charged,  commencing  three  months  after  grad- 
uation. Principal  plus  interest  must  be  repaid  within  27  months  following  gradua- 
tion. The  fund  was  established  in  1977  in  memory  of  Dr.  Russell  Gigliotti,  an 
alumnus  and  dedicated  member  of  the  faculty  for  more  than  30  years. 

The  Albert  A.  Harrington  Fund.  This  fund  was  established  in  1954  by  the 
New  Jersey  Alumni  Association  in  memory  of  Dr.  Albert  A.  Harrington,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  class  of  1910.  The  fund  is  a  source  of  valuable  help  in  aiding  students  to 
solve  temporary  financial  problems. 

Lawrence  A.  Haskins  Memorial  Student  Loan  Fund.  This  fund,  honoring 
the  memory  of  Dr.  Haskins,  class  of  1970,  provides  loans  to  deserving  students  in 
the  Dental  School.  Loans  made  from  the  fund  shall  bear  7  percent  interest  per 
annum  to  accrue  with  the  start  of  the  repayment  period  which  shall  last  no  longer 
than  10  years.  The  repayment  period  shall  begin  one  year  after  the  completion  of 
studies. 

TheW.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation.  During  World  War  II  the  foundation  granted 
to  this  school  a  fund  to  provide  rotating  loans  to  deserving  dental  students. 

The  Wilson  B.  Lau  Memorial  Student  Loan  Fund.  Established  by  his  wire  to 
honor  the  memory  of  Wilson  B.  Lau,  this  revolving  student  loan  fund  provides 
loans  to  deserving  students  in  the  Dental  School.  Loans  made  from  the  fund  shall 
bear  7  percent  interest  per  annum  to  accrue  with  the  start  of  the  repayment  period 
which  shall  last  no  longer  than  1 0  years.  The  repayment  period  shall  begin  one  year 
after  the  completion  of  studies. 

The  Sol  B.  Love  Memorial  Student  Loan  Fund.  This  revolving  student  loan 
fund  was  established  by  his  family  to  honor  the  memory  of  Dr.  Sol  B.  Love,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  class  of  1961.  Loans  made  from  the  fund  to  deserving  students  in  the 


Financial  Aid  101 


Dental  School  shall  bear  7  percent  interest  per  annum  to  accrue  with  the  start  of 
the  repayment  period  which  shall  last  no  longer  than  10  years.  The  repayment 
period  shall  begin  one  year  after  the  completion  of  studies. 

Maryland  Dental  Hygienists'  Association.  The  Maryland  Dental  Hygienists' 
Association  administers  a  loan  program  for  qualified  senior  dental  hygiene  stu- 
dents. Information  is  distributed  to  junior  students  by  the  Department  of  Dental 
Hygiene  during  the  spring  semester. 

The  Dr.  Joseph  Anthony  Pennino  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  Under  the 
provision  of  the  will  of  the  late  Elizabeth  Pennino,  this  endowed  scholarship  fund 
was  established  as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Joseph  Anthony  Pennino,  class  of  1928,  to 
provide  scholarships  to  deserving  students  in  the  D.D.S.  program  of  the  Dental 
School. 

The  Ronald  M.  Starr  Family  Student  Loan  Fund.  This  endowed  student  loan 
fund  was  established  to  honor  the  family  of  Dr.  Ronald  M.  Starr,  class  of  1958,  by 
providing  loans  to  pay  tuition  and  fees  to  deserving  junior  and  senior  dental  and 
dental  hygiene  students.  The  students  must  have  demonstrated  financial  need  and 
the  potential  for  success  in  the  Dental  School  and  the  profession  of  dentistry. 
Repayment  of  the  loan  begins  three  years  after  completion  of  studies  in  the  Dental 
School.  Loans  made  from  the  fund  shall  bear  no  interest  until  graduation  or  until 
the  student  ceases  to  be  enrolled. 

The  Patricia  C.  Stearns  Scholarship.  The  Department  of  Dental  Hygiene 
awards  the  Patricia  C.  Stearns  Scholarship  to  a  student  entering  the  senior  year  who 
has  demonstrated  academic  excellence;  willingness  to  serve  the  class,  school  and 
community;  dedication  to  the  profession;  and  high  standards  of  professional 
conduct. 

The  Student  Dental  Association-Alumni  Fund.  This  fund,  created  in  1960, 
was  established  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  any  student  who  may  be  in  need  of  an 
emergency  loan. 

The  following  government,  bank  and  private  lender  loans  also  are  available  to 
students  on  the  basis  of  need:  Health  Professions  Student  Loan,  Perkins  Loan, 
Guaranteed  Student  Loan,  Health  Education  Assistance  Loan  and  Supplemental 
Loans.  All  requirements,  interest  rates  and  terms  for  these  loans  can  be  found  in  the 
Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  brochure. 


1 02  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Administration  and  Faculty 


DENTAL  SCHOOL 


Administrative  Officers 

Dean 

Richard  R.  Ranney,  D.D.S.,  University  of  Iowa,   1963;  M.S.,  University  of 

Rochester,  1969. 

Senior  Associate  Dean 

Warren  M.  Morganstein,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  D.D.S.,  1969; 

M.P.H.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1975. 

Associate  Dean  for  Clinical  Affairs 

John  F.  Hasler,  B.S.,  Indiana  University,  1958;  D.D.S.,  1962;  M.S.D.,  1969. 

Assistant  Dean  for  Research  and  Graduate  Affairs 

John  J.  Sauk,  B.S.,  University  of  Detroit,  1963;  D.D.S.,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of 

Minnesota,  1971. 

Assistant  Dean  for  Admissions  and  Student  Affairs 

Margaret  B.  Wilson,  B.S.,  David  Lipscomb  College,  1977;  D.D.S.,  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Virginia,  1981;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 

Assistant  Dean  for  Fiscal  and  Personnel  Affairs 

James  Reynolds,  B.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1974;  M.B.A.,  University  of 

Rochester,  1980. 

Faculty  Emeriti 

John  J.  Salley,  D.D.S.,  Ph.D.,  Dean  Emeritus 
Irving  I.  Abramson,  D.D.S.,  Professor  Emeritus 
Joseph  P.  Cappuccio,  D.D.S.,  Professor  Emeritus 
Frank  A.  Dolle,  D.D.S.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  Emeritus 
Brice  M.  Dorsey,  D.D.S.,  Professor  Emeritus 
Gardner  P.  H.  Foley,  A.M.,  D.Sc,  Professor  Emeritus 
Frank  C.  Jerbi,  D.D.S.,  Professor  Emeritus 
John  P.  Lambooy,  Ph.D,  Professor  Emeritus 
Robert  J.  Leupold,  D.M.D.,  Professor  Emeritus 
Martin  Lunin,  D.D.S.,  Professor  Emeritus 
Ernest  B.  Nuttall,  D.D.S.,  Professor  Emeritus 
Kyrle  W.  Preis,  D.D.S.,  Professor  Emeritus 
Charles  T.  Pridgeon,  D.D.S.,  Professor  Emeritus 
D.  Vincent  Provenza,  Ph.D.,  Professor  Emeritus 


1 04  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Wilbur  O.  Ramsey,  D.D.S.,  Profissot  Emerita 

|ohn  I.  White,  Ph.D.,  Professor  Emeritus 

Riley  S.  W  illiamson  [r.,  1  ).l  ).S.,  Professor  Emeriim 

Marvin  M.  Graham,  D.D.S.,  Clinical Professo)  Emeritus 

Faculty 

Abr.ims,    Ronald    G.,    Professor,    Pediatric    Dentistry,    B.S.,    University    «»t 

Massachusetts,  1958;D.M.D.,  rufts  University,  1962;  M.S.,  1966. 
Ackerman,  Ronald  [.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry,  D.D.S., 

1  toward  I  fniversit) ,  1 976. 
Ailor,  John  E.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  (  are  I  >c  1 1 

D.D.S.,  University  ol  Tennessee,  1964. 
Anderson,  Carol  F..  Instructor,  Oral  1  Icaltli  ("arc  Delivery,  A. A.,  Prince <  leorge's 

Community  College,  1980;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1988. 
Arceo,   Nilda,  Clinical  Assistant   Professor,   Periodontics,   B.YA.,    |ose   Marti 

Preuniversity  Institute  of  Havana,   1977;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1986. 
Arita,  Charles,  Clinical  Instructor,  Endodontics,  B.A.,  D.D.S.,  University  of 

California  at  San  Francisco,  1988. 
Baer,   Marvin   L.,    Dental   School  Associate   Professor,   Restorative   Dentistry, 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Texas,  1960;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1967. 
Bahar,   Arezoo,    Clinical   Assistant    Professor,    Restorative    Dentistry,    B.D.S.. 

University  of  London,  United  Medical  and  Dental  Schools  of  Guys  and  St. 

Thomas'  Hospital,  1990. 
Balciunas,  Birute  A.,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

B.S.,  Notre  Dame  College,  1970;  D.D.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University, 

1975;  M.S.D.,  Indiana  University,  1979. 
Balis,    Sophia,    Clinical    Associate    Professor,    Pediatric    Dentistry,    D.D.S., 

University  of  Athens  (Greece),  1957;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Toronto  (Canada), 

1966. 
Barnes,  Christine,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  University  of  Man  land, 

1980. 
Barnes,  Douglas  M.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliver}-,   B. A.. 

Western  Maryland  College,  1979;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1983. 
Bashirelahi,  Nasir,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,  B.S., 

Tehran    University   (Iran),    1960;    Pharm.    D.,    1962;   M.S.,    University   of 

Louisville,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
Bauman,  Gary  H.,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery, 

B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1981;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1985. 
Belenky,  Michael  M.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliver),  B.A.. 

Virginia  Military  Institute,   1955;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Michigan,    1961; 

M.P.H.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1975. 
Benevento,  Louis,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,  B.S., 

Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,    1962;  M.S.,    1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1967. 


Administration  and  Faculty  105 


Bennett,  Robert  B.,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences, 

B.A.,  Carleton  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1963;  Ph.D., 

1967. 
Bergman,  Stewart  A.,  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery,  B.A.,  Brooklyn 

College,  1964;  D.D.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1968;  M.S.,  University 

of  Maryland,  1986. 
Bergquist,  John  J.,  Professor,  Periodontics,  D.D.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1954; 

M.S.,  1970. 
Blank,  Lawrence  W.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S.D., 

University  of  California,   1968;  D.D.S.,   1968;  M.S.,  George  Washington 

University,  1974;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1978. 
Bonebreak,  Byron,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics,  B.S.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh,  1969;  D.M.D.,  1972;  M.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1977. 
Bowers,  Gerald  M.,  Professor,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1950; 

D.D.S.,  1954;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1962. 
Bowman,  John  M.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1972;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1976. 
Bradbury,  John  R.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry, 

B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1969;  D.D.S.,  1972. 
Brahim,  Jaime   S.,    Clinical  Assistant   Professor,   Oral-Maxillofacial   Surgery, 

D.D.S.,  Catholic  University,  Peru,  1976;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1984. 
Branch-Mays,    Grishondra,   Clinical  Assistant   Professor,   Periodontics,   B.S., 

University  of  Houston,  1986;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1991;  M.S., 

University  of  Iowa,  1994. 
Bress,  Lisa,  Clinical  Instructor,  Dental  Hygiene,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1983;  M.S.,  1994. 
Brooks,  John,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences,  B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1974;  D.D.S.,  1979. 
Brown,  D.  Michael,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and 

Diagnostic  Sciences,  B.A.,  St.  Johns  College,  1951;  D.D.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1961. 
Buxbaum,  Jerome  D.,   Clinical  Professor,   Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological 

Sciences,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  D.D.S.,  1955. 
Cappuccio,  Joseph  P.,  Professor  Emeritus,  B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island, 

1943;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946. 
Capra,  Norman,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences, 

B.S.,  Birmingham  Southern  College,  1969;  M.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1975; 

Ph.D.,  1976. 
Chang,  Yung-Feng,  Professor,  Biochemistry,  B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University, 

1958;  M.S.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1966. 
Chenette,  Ronald,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S.,  Georgetown 

University,  1980;  D.M.D.,  Tufts  University  School  of  Dental  Medicine,  1983. 
Cohen,    Leonard  A.,    Professor,   Oral   Health   Care   Delivery,    B.A.,   George 

Washington  University,  1967;  D.D.S.,  Howard  University,  1971;  M.P.H., 

Harvard  School  of  Public  Health,  1974;  M.S.,  1976. 


06  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Coltngeloj  (-.m    A..   Dental   School    Associate  Professor,  Oral   Health  ( 

Delivery,  B.A..  Western  Maryland  College,    il'<>>.   D.D.S.,   i  niversit)   ol 

Maryland,  ll>"0. 
Coll,  James  A.,  Clinical  Assoc  iate  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry,  B.S.,  Universit) 

oi  Pittsburgh,  1969;  D.M.D.,  1969;  M.S.,  Universit)  oi  ( >regon,  I 
Conaghan,  John,  Clinical   Instructor,  Oral   Health  (  arc   Delivery,   Ml 

c  leorgetown  I  University,  1 960. 
Conley,  Albert,  (  Iiuk.iI  Instructor,  ( )raJ  Medic  ine  and  I  diagnostic  V  ienc  es,  B.S. 

Howard  University,  1972;  D.D.S.,  1982. 
Conway,  Michael,  Menial  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry, 

M.M.S.,  University  oi  Indiana,  I960;  M.S.,  University  oi  Missouri,  1968. 
Corio,  Russell  L.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Pathology,  B.S.,  Adelben 

College,   1953;  M.M.S.,  Case  Western  University,   L954;  M.S.D.,  Indiana 

University  School  of  Dentistry,  1970;  M.A.,  George  Washington  University, 

1978. 
Costello,  Leslie  C,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biologit.il  Sciences,  B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 
Couwenhoven,  Ross,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Pathology,  B.A.,  Calvin  College, 

1976;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1981;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1988. 
Crafton,  B.  Casey,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry,  B.A.,  West 

Virginia  University,  1983;  D.D.S.,  1987. 
Craig,  James  F.,  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliver)',  B.S.,  Western  Illinois 

University,  1968;  M.S.,  Indiana  University,  1970,  Ed.D.,  1972. 
Creamer,  Timothy  J.,   Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,   B.S.,   State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany,    1972;   D.D.S., 

University  of  Texas,  1978. 
Crooks,   Edwin   L.,   Dental   School  Assistant  Professor,   Oral   Medicine  and 

Diagnostic    Sciences/General    Practice    Residency,    B.S.,    Randolph    Macon 

College,  1967;  D.D.S.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1973. 
Crossley,   Harold  L.,  Associate   Professor,   Oral  and  Craniofacial   Biological 

Sciences,  B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1964;  M.S.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1972; 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1980. 
Curley,  Diane,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  West  Chester  University, 

1976;  M.S.,  Temple  University,  1982. 
Dailey,  Jacqueline,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

A.A.,  Community  College  of  Baltimore,  1981;  A.A.,  1988;  B.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1994. 
Dana,  Allan  H.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliver)',  B.A., 

University  of  Miami,  1959;M.B.A.,  1961. 
Davidson,  William  M.,   Professor,  Orthodontics,  A.B.,   Dartmouth  College, 

1960;  D.M.D.,  Harvard  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota, 

1969. 
Davis,  Vincent  H.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S.,  Lock 

Haven  University,  1981;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1989. 
Davliakos,  John  P.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S., 

University  of  Pittsburgh,  1980;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1984. 

Administration  and  Faculty  107 


Delisle,  Allan  L.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences, 

B.S.,    University   of  California,    1960;    M.S.,    1961;    Ph.D.,   University  of 

Massachusetts,  1968. 
DePaola,  Louis  G.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;D.D.S.,  1975. 
Dessem,  Dean,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences, 

B.S.,  Tulane  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1985. 
DeVore,    Linda,    Associate    Professor,    Dental    Hygiene,    B.S.,    University   of 

Maryland,  1976;  M.A.,  1982. 
Di  Fabio,  Vincent  E.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery, 

B.S.,  Xavier  University,  1967;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S., 

University  of  Rochester,  1979. 
Dumsha,  Thomas  C,  Associate  Professor,  Endodontics,  B.A.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1976;  D.D.S.,  1979. 
Eastwood,  Gerald  W.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry, 

B.A.,  Concordia  College,  1955;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Oregon,  1959;  M.A., 

George  Washington  University,  1981. 
Eldridge,  Roger  L.,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery, 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  D.D.S.,  1978. 
Elias,  Samia  A.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.D.S., 

Alexandria  University  (Egypt),  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1985. 
Engel,  Francoise  E.,  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics,  D.D.S.,  Faculte  De 

Chirurgie  Dentaire  Garanciere,  1979. 
Enwonwu,  Cyril  O.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,  B.S., 

University  of  Ibadan,  Nigeria,   1956;  B.D.S.,  University  of  Bristol,   1961; 

M.D.S.,  1966;  Sc.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1968;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Bristol,  1976. 
Exler,   Alan,    Clinical   Assistant    Professor,    Oral-Maxillofacial    Surgery,    B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1972;  D.D.S.,  1977. 
Falkler,  William  A.  Jr.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,  B.A., 

Western  Maryland  College,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  Ph.D., 

1971. 
Faraone,  Karen  L.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry, 

R.N.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  B.S.,  1974;  D.D.S.,  1978;  M.A.,  1983. 
Franklin,  Renty  B.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,  B.S., 

Morehouse  College,  1966;  M.S.,  Atlanta  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Howard 

University,  1972. 
Freedman,  Gerson  A.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic 

Sciences,  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1935. 
Freilich,  Lawrence  S.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Periodontics,  D.D.S.,  Temple 

University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University,  1972. 
Fried,  Ivan  S.  (Scott),  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S., 

University  of  Tennessee,  1971;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977. 
Fried,  Jacquelyn  L.,  Associate  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene,  B.A.,  Ohio  State 

University,  1968;  M.S.,  Old  Dominion  University,  1976. 


1 08  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Gttmton,  Edwaitl  K.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Endodontia  B  \    i 

ol  Maryland,  1982;  D.D.S.,  1986. 
Gartner,  I  ealic  1'..  tssoc  iate  Professor,  Oral  and  (  raniofacial  Biologi<  al  Scici 

B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  L965;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  19 
Gaston,  Gerald  W.,  (  finical  Professor,  ( )ral  Maxillofac  ial  Sui  Miami 

University,  ll>^-;  D.D.S.,Ohio  State  University,  1959;  PhJ  >.,  19 
George,  David  L..  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliver)    I)!1 

Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1984. 
Gerhardt,  Donald  E.,  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  K.V.  Ohio 

Wesleyan  University,  1955;  D.M.D.,1  lifts  University,  ll>v>;  M.S..  University 

of  Texas,  1971. 
Gingell,  James  C,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  1  lealth  (  arc  I  delivery, 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  D.D.S.,  1972;  M.S.,  1983. 
Ginsberg,  Edward  L.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentist] 

Western  Maryland  College,  1978;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1982. 
Goldbeck,  Raymond  E.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor.  ( )ral -Maxillofacial  Surgery, 

B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1976;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1986. 
Grace,  Edward  G.  Jr.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S., 

Mount  St.  Mary's  College,  1960;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  MA. 

Loyola  College,  1981;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1987. 
Greenbaum,  Jack  L.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.A.. 

University  of  New  Hampshire,  1969;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

1973;  M.A.,  San  Diego  State  University,  1977;  M.S.,  New  York  University, 

1982. 
Greenspan,  Joel,    D.,   Assistant   Professor,   Oral   and   Craniofacial    Biological 

Sciences,  B.A.,  Rollins  College,  1974;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1976; 

Ph.D.,  1980. 
Gunderson,  Ronald  B.,  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.A.,  Western 

Maryland  College,  1967;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971. 
Guthmiller,  Janet  M.,  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics,  A. A.,  University  of  South 

Dakota,  1983;  B.A.,  Northwestern  College;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1988; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  Health  Science  Center,  1994. 
Hack,  Gary  D.,  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.A.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1975;  D.D.S.,  1979. 
Halpert,  Lawrence  F.,  Clinical  Professor,  Periodontics,  A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins 

University,  1958;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 
Hasler,  John  F.,  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences,  B.S.,  Indiana 

University,  1959;  D.D.S.,  1962;  M.S.D.,  1969. 
Hatfield,  Helen,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1973;  M.Ed.,  1977. 
Hawley,  Charles  E.,  Professor,  Periodontics/Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological 

Sciences,  A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957;  D.D.S.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1976. 
Hayduk,  Susan  E.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh,  1965;  D.M.D.,  1969. 

Administration  and  Faculty  109 


Hiatt,  James  L.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences, 

B.S.,  Ball  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1973. 
Hooper,  Kenny  A.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics,  B.A.,  Morgan  State 

University,  1969;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978. 
Horswell,  Bruce  B.,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery,  D.D.S., 

University  of  Minnesota,  1979;  M.S.,  1988;  M.D.,  University  of  Connecticut, 

1991. 
Hupp,  James  R.,   Professor,   Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery,   B.S.,   University  of 

California,  1973;  D.M.D.,  Harvard  School  of  Dental  Medicine,  1977;  M.D., 

University  of  Connecticut,  1982;  J. D.,  Rutgers  University,  1995. 
Hyson,  John  Jr.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  D.D.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.S.,  1959. 
Hyson,  John  M.  Ill,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Endodontics,  B.S.,  Loyola 

College,  1974;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1979. 
Inge,  Walter  H.  Jr.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S., 

James  Madison  University,  1977;  D.D.S.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1982. 
Jenkins,  Thomas  Scott,  Clinical  Instructor,  Orthodontics,  B.S.,  Northwestern 

University,  1988;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1992. 
Josell,  Stuart  D.,  Associate  Professor,  Orthodontics/Pediatric  Dentistry,  D.M.D., 

Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1974;  M.Dent.Sc,  University  of  Connecticut, 

1979. 
Katz,  Nathan,   Clinical  Instructor,   Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

D.D.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1948. 
Kelly,  William  P.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Endodontics,  B.S.,  Indiana 

University,     1950;    D.D.S.,     1953;    M.A.Ed.,    The    George    Washington 

University,  1974. 
Kihn,  Patricia,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  D.D.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1990. 
Koch,  Douglas,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Endodontics,  B.S.,  Union  College, 

1983;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1983. 
Krywolap,  George  N.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,  B.S., 

Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1960;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 

1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
Lauttman,  Richard  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery, 

B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1953;  D.D.S.  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 
Leboe,  William.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  D.D.S.,  1974. 
Lee,  Raymond  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic 

Sciences,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  D.D.S.,  1974. 
Lei,  Richard  T.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.A.,  Oberlin 

College,  1986;  D.D.S. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 
Lever,  Barry  S.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh,  1954;  D.D.S.,  1958. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Levy,  Bernard  A.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Pathology,  LB.,  Ohio  I  nivet 
1963;  D.D.S.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1966;  M.S.D.,  Indiana  1  nh 
1969. 

l.itkowski,    Leonard    J.,     Associate    Professor,    Restorative    Dentistry,    B.S., 

University  ofMaryland,  il)  r6;  M.S.,  1983;  1  >.D.S„  1985 
Long,  Ross  E.  Jr.,  c  1inu.il  Assist. nit  Professor,  ( )rthodonti<  i,  IV  V.  1  tartmouth 

(  ollege,  1970;  D.M.D.,  University  ol  Pittsburgh,  19  '  I;  M.S.,  19  '8;  Ph  1 1 

University  oi  North  c  arolina,  1  979. 
M.mski,  Richard  J.,  Assoc  iate  Proressoi .  ( )ral  t  [ealth  (  are  1  >eliver) ,  B.S.,  Boston 

College,   1976;  D.D.S.,  Howard  University,   1980;  M.BA,  University   ol 

Massachusetts,  11>SS;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1993. 
Manson,  Barry,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

B.  A./B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1982;  D.D.S.,  1986. 
Maurantonio,  Erin  D.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  University  ol 

Maryland,  1991. 
Mays,  Keith  A.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S.,  Morgan  State 

University,  1  c>83;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1989;  M.S.,  University  of 

Iowa,  1994. 
McDonald,  Neville  J.,  Associate  Professor,  Endodontics,  B.Sc,  University  of 

Otago,  New  Zealand,  1975;B.D.S.,  1978;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1987. 
Meeks,  Valli,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences,  B.S., 

Thomas  Jefferson  University,  1977;  B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1981;  D.D.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1988. 
Meiller,  Timothy  F.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1970;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1975;  M.S.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1978,  Ph.D.,   University  of 

Maryland,  1992. 
Meszler,   Richard  M.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial   Biological 

Sciences,  A.B.,  New  York  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Louisville, 

1969. 
Miller,  Suzan  E.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry,  B.A.,  Beloit 

College,  1974;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1983. 
Minah,  Glenn  E.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences/Pediatric 

Dentistry,  A.B.,  Duke  University,  1961;  D.D.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 

1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
Morgan,  Andrea  M.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.A.,  University 

of  Michigan,  1985,  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1990,  M.S.,  University  of 

Detroit/Mercy  School  of  Dentistry,  1992. 
Morganstein,  Warren  M.,  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S.,  University 

of  Maryland,  1966;  D.D.S.,  1969;  M.P.H.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University, 

1975. 
Morrison,  Grace,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  University  oi 

Maryland,  1984;  D.D.S.,  1988. 
Mort,  Kenneth  E.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  D.D.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1970. 


Administration  and  Faculty 


Myslinski,  Norbert  R.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological 

Sciences,  B.S.,  Canisius  College,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1973. 
Nauman,   Robert  K.,  Associate   Professor,   Oral  and  Craniofacial   Biological 

Sciences,   B.S.,   Pennsylvania  State   University,    1963;   M.S.,   University  of 

Massachusetts,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
Nessif,  Richard  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery,  B.S., 

Marshall  University,  1973;  D.D.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1979. 
Oates,  Stephen,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  D.D.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1984. 
Olson,  Carl  R.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences, 

B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1966;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1967;  Ph.D., 

University  of  California  at  Berkeley,  1979. 
Ord,  Robert,  Associate  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery,   B.D.S.,  Kings 

College  Hospital  Dental  School,  1970;  M.B.,  B.Ch.,  Welsh  National  School  of 

Medicine,  1977. 
Overholser,  C.  Daniel  Jr.,  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1966;  D.D.S.,  Indiana  University,  1970; 

M.S.D.,  1972. 
Owen,    David    G.,   Associate   Professor,    Pediatric   Dentistry,   A.B.,    Syracuse 

University,    1960;   D.D.S.,  McGill  University,    1964;  A.M.,  University  of 

Chicago,  1969. 
Palmer,  James  E.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 
Pannebaker,  Judith  H.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic 

Sciences,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1972;  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1981. 
Park,  Jon  K.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1964;  B.A.,  Wichita  State  University,  1969; 

M.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1971. 
Parker,    Elaine,    Associate    Professor,    Dental    Hygiene,    B.S.,    University   of 

Maryland,  1977;  M.S.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1982. 
Paul,  Brenda,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences,  A.A., 

Allegheny  Community  College;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1994. 
Pavlick,    Charles    T.   Jr.,    Clinical   Associate    Professor,    Orthodontics,    B.S., 

University  of  Pittsburgh,  1961;  D.D.S.,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois, 

1966. 
Payne,  Thomas  M.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry, 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  1976;  D.D.S.,  1978. 
Perell,  Laura,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.A., 

Mount  Holyoke  College,  1980;  M.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1983;D.D.S.,  1987. 
Phillips,    Bradley  L.,   Clinical  Assistant   Professor,   Periodontics,   B.S.,   State 

University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  1974;  D.M.D.,  Harvard  University, 

1976. 
Plessett,  David  N.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Periodontics,  B.A.,  Pennsylvania 

State  University,  1949;  D.D.S.,  Temple  University,  1958. 


1 2  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Poll  I  ban  s,  Steven  R.  I  linicaJ  Instructor,  <  >ral  Medicine  and  I  diagnostic  S<  ici 

D.D.S.,  Universit)  o(  Maryland,  1989. 
Pfymaa,  Stuart  I).,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistn    1>  I 

Universit)  ol  Maryland,  19 
QoarantiUo,    Frederick  J.,  Clinical  Assistant    Professor,   Endodontics,   B  s 

Universit)   ol  Maryland,   1969;  D.D.S.,   1973;  M.S  Washington 

University,  11>^S. 
Raksin,  [rvingj.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Maxillofacial  Surgery,  B.S  , 

Universit)  ol  Maryland,  I960;  D.D.S.,  1964. 
Ranney,  Richard  R.,  Professor,  Periodontics,  D.D.S.,  Universit)  ol  Iowa,  I 

\l.s.,  University  of  Rochester,  1969. 
Ren,  Ke,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences, 

Master  of  Medicine,   Hubein   Medical   University,   China,    1981;   Ph.D., 

University  of  Iowa,  1990. 
Richter,   Henry  E.  Jr.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral-Maxiilofaeial   Surgery,   B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1954;D.D.S.,  1958. 
Robbins,   Miriam   R.,   Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Oral   Health   Care 

Deliver}-,  B.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1982;  D.D.S.,  State  University  of  New 

York  at  Buffalo,  1987. 
Robson,  M.  Leslie,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics,  B.A.,  Idaho  State  University, 

1977. 
Romberg,  Elaine,  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S.,  Vassar  College, 

1960;  M.Ed.,  Lesley  College,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977. 
Rubier,    Constance    G.,    Clinical    Assistant    Professor,    Orthodontics,    B.S., 

Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,    1973;   B.S.,    1974;   M.S.,    1975;   D.D.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1979. 
Rule,  James  T.,  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry,  B.S.,  Temple  Universit}-,  1953; 

D.D.S.,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1960. 
Saedi,  Simin,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences,  D.D.S., 

School  of  Dentistry,  Tehran  University,  1970. 
Sauk,  John  J.,  Professor,  Oral  Pathology,  B.S.,  University  of  Detroit,   1963; 

D.D.S.,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1971. 
Scaggs,  Gary  W.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1972;  D.D.S.,  1978. 
Schmidt,  Keith  A.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Deliver)',  B.A., 

Miami  University,  1984;  D.D.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1987. 
Schunick,  Howard  E.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Endodontics,  B.S.,  University 

ofMaryland,  1961;  D.D.S.,  1962. 
Schwartz,    Harry,    Clinical   Assistant    Professor,    Restorative    Dentistry,    B.S., 

University  ofMaryland,  196l;D.D.S.,  1965. 
Schweber,  Saul  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery,  B.S., 

University  of  Connecticut,  1958;  D.D.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1963. 
Schupp,  Kristen  P.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S.,  Towson 

State  University,  1989;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1993. 
Scornavacca,    Ronald   J.,    Clinical   Assistant    Professor,    Orthodontics,    B.S., 

Villanova  University,  1964;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1968. 


Administration  and  Faculty  I  13 


Seibel,  Werner,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences, 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1965;  M.A.,  Hofstra  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Virginia 

Commonwealth  University,  1972. 
Shelton,  Preston  G.,  Associate  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry,  B.S.,  John  Carroll 

University,  1963;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of 

Nebraska,  1971. 
Sherman,  Pamela  H.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery, 

D.M.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1984. 
Shires,  P.Jay,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S.,  University  of 

Richmond,  1982;  D.D.S.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1986. 
Shroff,   Bhavna,  Associate  Professor,   Orthodontics,   D.D.S.,   Paris  V,    1982; 

M.Dent.Sc,  University  of  Connecticut,  1989. 
Siegel,  Michael  A.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic  Sciences, 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  D.D.S.,  1979. 
Siegel,  Sharon  C,  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.A.,  Western 

Maryland  College,  1975;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1979. 
Siegel,  Steven  M.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics,  B.A.,  Brooklyn 

College,  1976;  D.M.D.,  Tufts  University,  1980. 
Sim,  Samuel,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S.,  Towson  State 

University,  1979;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1983. 
Stevens,  Mark  M.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry, 

D.D.S.,  St.  Louis  University,  1960. 
Strassler,  Howard  E.,  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S.,  State  University  of 

New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  1971;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1975. 
Swanson,  Ben  Z.  Jr.,  Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,  B.S.,  University  of  Houston,  1959;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Texas, 

1959;  M.Phil.,  University  College,  London,  1988. 
Sweren,  Edgar,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Orthodontics,  D.D.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1954. 
Sydiskis,  Robert  J.,  Associate  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences, 

B.A.,  University  of  Bridgeport,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1965. 
Syme,   Sheryl  E.,  Assistant   Professor,   Dental   Hygiene,   B.S.,   University  of 

Maryland,  1988;  M.S.,  1993. 
Tan,  Peter  M.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral-Maxillofacial  Surgery,  D.D.S., 

Howard  University,  1983. 
Tate,  Don  L.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  A. A.,  Community 

College  of  Baltimore,  1975;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1983. 
Tewes,  Ligouri,  Clinical  Instructor,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1981. 
Tewes,  Warren  D.,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery, 

B.S.,  Randolph  Macon  College,  1971;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975; 

M.S.,  1982. 
Thompson,  Van  P.,  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic 

Institute,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1971;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1979. 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


I  Inn,   Paul   I)..   Professor,  Oral  and  (  raniofaciaJ   Biological  Sciences,    \B 

Hamilton  College,  il»<>^;  M.S.,  I  nivenit)  o(  Rhode  Island,  1968;  I'll  I » 

Dartmouth  (  ollege,  1971. 
nighman,  Donald  M..  Professoi ,  Oral  Maxillol  icial  Surgery,  B  S.,  I  niv<  i  sin  ol 

Maryland,  L958;  D.D.S.,  1961. 
Trail)    Leo   V..   Clinical    Assist. mi    Professor,    Oral    Health    <  arc    Deli 

Periodontics,   B.S.,   Mt.   St   Mary's  College,    1975;   D.D.S.,   University  ol 

Maryland,  1979. 
Traub,  Richard  J.,  Assistant  Professor,  ( )ral  and  ( -raniofac  ial  Biologi<  al  S<  iences, 

B.S.,  State  Universit)  of  New  York  at  Albany,  1981;  Ph.D.,  State  University  ol 

New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  DSC). 

Vail,  Arthur  E.,  Clinical  Instructor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.A.,  University  "l 

Maryland,  1981;  D.D.S.,  21953. 
VandenBosche,  Raoul  C,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry, 

A.B.,  College  ofthe  Holy  Cross,  1962;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  I" 
Vandermer,  Jack  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic 

Sciences/General  Practice  Residency,   B.S.,   Pennsylvania   State   University, 

1963;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  M.Ed.,  1973. 
von  Fraunhofer,  J.  Anthony,  Professor,  B.Sc,  University  of  London,    1963; 

M.Sc,  University  of  London,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Council  for  National  Academic 

Awards,  England,  1969. 
Wagner,  Mark  L.,  Professor,  Pediatric  Dentistry,  A.B.,  Birmingham  Southern 

College,  1959;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Alabama,  1963. 
Watson,   Maria-Rosa,   Clinical  Assistant  Professor,   Pediatric   Dentistry,   B.S., 

Peruvian    University    Cayetano    Hoedia,     1985;    D.D.S.,     1985;    M.P.H., 

University  of  Michigan,  1989;  M.S.,  1989. 
Waxman,  Burton  M.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Endodontics,  B.A.,  Clark 

University,  1973;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978. 
Weiner,  Stephen  A.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic 

Sciences,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  D.D.S.,  1969. 
Weisberg,    Alan    S.,     Clinical    Assistant    Professor,    Orthodontics,     D.D.S., 

Georgetown  University,  1955. 
Whitaker,  George  C.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.A.. 

Earlham  College,  1970;  D.D.S.,  Howard  University,  1974;  M.S.D.,  Indiana 

University,  1977. 
Williams,  George  C.,   Dental  School  Associate  Professor,  Oral   Health   (are 

Deliver)',  B.S.,  Washington  College,  1971;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Mankind, 

1978. 
Williams,   Henry  N.,  Associate  Professor,   Oral   and  Craniofacial   Biological 

Sciences,  B.S.,  North  Carolina  Agricultural  and  Technical  State  University, 

1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1979. 
Williams,  Robert  E.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Orthodontics,  B.S.,  University 

of  Pittsburgh,  1966;  D.M.D.,  1969;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1982. 
Wilson,  Margaret  B.,  Dental  School  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,  B.S.,  David  Lipscomb  College,  1977;  D.D.S.,  Medical  College  of 

Virginia,  1981;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 

Administration  and  Faculty  I  I  5 


Winson,  Dennis  E.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1961;  D.D.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1965. 
Witting,  Fedra,  Clinical  Instructor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.A.,  University 

of  Maryland,  1986;  D.D.S.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1990. 
Wood,   Morton,  Associate   Professor,   Restorative   Dentistry,   B.A.,  American 

International  College,  1965;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.Ed., 

The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1979. 
Wynn,  Richard  L.,  Professor,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,  B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1970. 
Yellowitz,  Janet,  Assistant  Professor,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S.,  Columbia 

University,  1972;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1979;  D.M.D.,  University 

of  Pennsylvania,  1987. 
Zeller,  Gregory  G.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Restorative  Dentistry,  D.D.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1975;  M.S.,  1983. 
Zupnik,    Robert    M.,    Clinical    Professor,    Periodontics,    B.S.,    University   of 

Maryland,    1954;  D.D.S.,  Georgetown  University,    1958;  M.S.D.,  Boston 

University,  1964. 

Volunteer  Faculty 

Azarbal,  Parvin,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry,  D.D.S., 

School  of  Dentistry,  Tehran  University,  1967. 
Barclay,  David  M.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,  B.A.,  Haverford  College,  1980;  M.D.,  Tulane  Medical  School,  1988; 

M.P.H.,  Tulane  School  of  Public  Health  and  Tropical  Medicine,  1988. 
Beach,  Daryl  R.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,  B.S.,  Oregon  State  University,  1947;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Oregon, 

1951. 
Beebe,  Bryan,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Endodontics,   D.D.S., 

Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1977. 
Berning,  Randall  K.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,  B.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1973;  J.D.,  Golden  Gate  University, 

1977;  L.L.M.,  Loyola  University  of  Chicago,  1989. 
Birkedal-Hansen,  Henning,  Adjunct  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  and  Craniofacial 

Biological  Sciences,  D.D.S.,  Royal  Dental  College  of  Copenhagen,  Denmark, 

1969;  Lie.  Odont.,  1972;  Dr.  Odont.,  1977. 
Blaik,  Thomas  K.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic 

Sciences,  A.A.,  Prince  Georges  Community  College,  1980;  D.D.S.,  Howard 

University,  1980. 
Boughman,  JoAnn,  Research  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  Indiana 

University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1978. 
Bowen,  William  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1957;  M.S.,  1959;  D.D.S.,  1962. 
Bowers,  Jane  E.,  Research  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1977;  M.S.,  Towson  State  University,  1987. 


1 6  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Braaoffj   Ronald  S..   Clinical   Assistant    Professoi    Volunteer,  Orthodontics, 
D.D.S.,    Universit)    ol    Maryland,    lv><>(>;    M.S.D.,    Fairleigh    Did 
University,  1970, 

Bruno,   John,    Clinical    Assist. mi    Professoi    Volunteer,    Periodonti 
Georgetown  University,  1958;  D.D.S.,  1964;  M.S.,  196 

Bullock,  Nathaniel  Jr.,  Clinical  Instructoi  Volunteer,  i  )ral  I  lealth  (  areDelh 

B.S.,  1  rostburg  State  University,  L984;  D.D.S.,  Universit)  ol  Maryland,  1989. 
Caplan,  Carl,  Clinical  Associate  Professoi  Volunteer,  ( >ral  I  lealth  (  are  I  >t-l i 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  D.D.S.,  1963;  M.KV.  Loyola  College, 

1981. 
Christopher,  Andrew,  Clinical  Associate  Professoi  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  (  are 

Delivery,  B.S.,  Manhattan  ( College,  1943;  D.D.S.,  Marquette  University,  I ' 

M.H.A.,  Baylor  University.  [%7. 
Chu,  Ngoc,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.A.. 

University  of  Man-land,  1984;  D.D.S.,  1988. 
Chu,  Khanh  P.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry. 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1982;  D.D.S.,  1986. 
Clarkson,  John  J.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral   Health  (  arc 

Delivery,  B.D.S.,  National  University  of  Ireland,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1987. 
Collins,  Robert  J.  Jr.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  (  arc 

Delivery,    A.B.,    Saint    Anselm's    College,    1967;    D.M.D.,    University    of 

Pennsylvania,  1971;  M.P.H.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1980. 
Cunningham,  Edward  P.  Jr.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,    A.B.,    Eastern    Nazarene    College,    1961;    D.D.S.,    Georgetown 

University,  1966. 
Englander,  Richard  B.,  Clinical  Instructoi  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentist  rv.  B.S., 

The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1976;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1992. 
Fein,  Richard,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Endodontics, 
Feldman,     Sylvan,     Clinical    Associate     Professor    Volunteer,     Periodontics/ 

Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  D.D.S.,  1965. 
Felthousen,  Gregory  C,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics, 

B.S.,  Old  Dominion  University,  1972;  D.D.S.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia. 

1976;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 
Forno,  D.  Marcus,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.A., 

University  of  Maryland,  1988;  D.D.S.,  1992. 
Gaston,  Judith,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  and  Craniofacial 

Biological  Sciences,  B.S.,  University  of  Detroit,  1980;  M.S.,  1982. 
Goodman,  Harry,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1972;  D.M.D.,  College  of  Medicine  and 

Dentistry  of  New  Jersey,  1975;  M.P.H.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1986. 
Grebosky,  Mark  R.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S., 

Saint  Vincent  College,  1981;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1985. 
Gutmann,    James    L.,    Clinical    Professor    Volunteer,    Endodontics,    D.D.S., 

Marquette  University,  1970. 


Administration  and  Faculty  I  17 


Hariri,  Javid,   Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic 

Sciences,  B.A.,  Yeshiva  University,   1982;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1986. 
Hendler,  Nelson  H.,  Adjunct  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  and 

Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,  B.A.,  Princeton  University,   1966;  M.D., 

University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1974. 
Holstein,  Philip  L.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,    B.A.,    Hampshire    College,    1976;    M.P.A.,    Maxwell    School    of 

Citizenship  and  Public  Affairs,  1979;  J. D.,  Syracuse  University,  1979. 
Horning,  Gregory  M.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.A., 

Earlha  College,  1972;  D.D.S.,  Indiana  University,  1977;  M.S.,  University  of 

Missouri,  1984. 
Hovland,  Eric,  Clinical  Professor  Volunteer,  Endodontics,  B.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1968;  D.D.S.,  1972;  M.Ed.,  Virginia  Commonwealth  University, 

1977;  M.B.A.,  Loyola  College,  1980. 
Iglarsh,  Z.  Annette,  Adjunct  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  and 

Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences,   B.S.,   City  College  of  New  York,    1970; 

M.A.T.,  Alaska  Methodist  University,  1971;  B.S.,  Upstate  Medical  College  of 

Health  Related  Professionals,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1983. 
Jimenez,  Beverly  A,,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Pediatric  Dentistry,  B.A., 

College  of  Notre  Dame  of  Maryland,  1986;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1990. 
Kassolis,  James  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  D.D.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1973. 
Kenney,    W.    Michael,    Clinical    Assistant    Professor   Volunteer,    Restorative 

Dentistry,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1966;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970. 
Kihn,  Francis  J.,  Clinical  Professor  Volunteer,  Pediatric  Dentistry,  B.S.,  Loyola 

College,  1952;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 
Koehler,  Matthew  A.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery, 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1983;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1989. 
Lazzara,  Richard  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.S., 

Fairleigh    Dickenson    University,     1968;    D.M.D.,     1972;    M.S.,    Boston 

University,  1976. 
Levinson,  Philip  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,  D.D.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1965. 
Livaditis,    Gus,    Clinical    Associate    Professor    Volunteer,    D.D.S.,    Temple 

University,  1970. 
Lyon,  Barry  D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Pediatric  Dentistry7,  B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1972;  D.D.S.,  1976. 
Markin,  Philip  S.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Orthodontics,  B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,   1963;  D.D.S.,   1966;  M.S.,  Loyola  University  of 

Chicago,  1972. 
Mastella,  Stephen,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S., 

Loyola  College,  1982;  D.M.D.,  Temple  University,  1986. 
Mecklenburg,    Robert   E.,    Clinical   Professor  Volunteer,   Oral   Health   Care 

Delivery,    B.S.,    University  of  Minnesota,    1955;    D.D.S.,    1957;   M.P.H., 

University  of  California  at  Berkeley,  1963. 

I  1 8  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Mcrsky,  Barry.    tdjunci  c  linical  [nstxuctoi  Volunteer,  Restorative  Denci 
B.  \  .  ( leorge  Washington  University,  1972;  D.D.S  own  Unh 

Morrison,  Eric  K..  Clinical  [nstructoi  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry,  Hs 

College  of  William  and  Mary,  ll>ss;  D.D.S.,  Universit)  ol  Maryland,  I 
NoppingeT]  Robert  W.,  Clinical  [nstructoi  Volunteer,  Restorative  Denti 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  ll> 
Parcnte,  Frederick.  Adjunct  Kssck  iatc  Professoi  Volunteei .  i >ral  and  (  raniofac  ial 

Biological  Sciences,  B.  A.,  c  alifornia  State  I  University  at  San  I  >iego,  \'>  '  l i  M 

University  of  Nev,  Mexico,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1975. 
Park,  Sarah  K.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.A..  I  he 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  ll)^S;  D.D.S.,  University  ol  Maryland,  \{)X2. 
Parker,  William  B.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professoi  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.A.. 

Hampden-Sydney  College,  ll)~3:  D.D.S.,  Medical  College  ol  Virginia,  1977. 
Passaro,  Peter  L.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  D.I 

Georgetown  Universit)',  1972. 
Paul,  Brian  F.,  Clinical  Asistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  State 

University  of  New  York   at   Stony   Brook,    1977;   D.M.D.,   University   <>( 

Pennsylvania,  1981. 
Pick,  Karl,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Orthodontics,  B.A.,  University 

of  Michigan,  1962;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.D.,  Fairleigh 

Dickinson,  1970. 
Rekow,  E.  Dianne,  Research  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry, 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1966;  B.S.M.E.,  1970;  M.B.A.,  College  of  St. 

Thomas,   1978;  M.S.M.E.,  University  of  Minnesota,   1982;  D.D.S.,   1983; 

Ph.D.,  1988. 
Rosen,    Paul   S.,    Clinical  Assistant   Professor  Volunteer,   Periodontics,    B.A.. 

Lafayette  College,  1982;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1986. 
Sachs,  Robert  I.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics/Restorative 

Dentistry,    B.A.,    The   Johns    Hopkins    University,    1967;    M.S.,    Purdue 

University,  1972;  D.D.S. ,  University  of  Maryland,  1978. 
Savukinas,  John  F.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry  and 

Advanced  Education  in  General  Dentistry,  B.S.,  Duquesne  University,  lv 

D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1991. 
Schiff,  Allen  M.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S., 

University  of  Baltimore,  1975. 
Schlank,  Eugene  A.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care 

Delivery,  B.S.,  Xavier  University,  1978;  D.D.S.,  Ohio  State  University.  1981. 
Schulz,  Earle  M.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Pediatric  Dentistry, 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  D.D.S.,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Iowa; 

1972. 
Serio,  Francis  G.,  Clinical  Associate  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.A.,  The 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  1976;  D.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1980. 
Shafinouri,  Bruce,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Medicine  and  Diagnostic 

Sciences,  B.A.,  Univeristy  of  Maryland,  1984;  D.D.S.,  1988. 


Administration  and  Faculty 


Sindler,  Arnold,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.S.,  The 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  1966;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976. 
Skopp,  David  M.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S., 

University  of  Florida,  1986;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1990. 
Smith,  Richard  J.,  Clinical  Professor  Volunteer,  Orthodontics,  B.A.,  Brooklyn 

College,  1969;  M.S.,  Tufts  University,  1973;  D.M.D.,  1973;  M.  Phil,  Yale 

University,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1980. 
Sullivan,  Cornelius  J.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Oral-Maxillofacial 

Surgery,     B.A.,     Villanova     University,     1975;     D.M.D.,     University     of 

Pennsylvania,  1983. 
Towle,  Herbert  J.  Ill,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Periodontics,  B.S., 

Tufts  University,  1968;  D.D.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1972. 
Vera,  Anny  B.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Restorative  Dentistry,  B.S., 

Colegio  Maria  Montessori,  1971;  D.D.S.,  Central  University  of  Venezuela, 

1976,  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1989. 
Vu,  Anh   Q.,   Clinical   Instructor  Volunteer,   Restorative   Dentistry,   D.D.S., 

Georgetown  University,  1986. 
Welch,   R.  Dale,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,   Periodontics,   B.A., 

Western  Maryland  College,  1969;  D.D.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975. 
Wood,  Gregory  A.,  Clinical  Instructor  Volunteer,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery, 

D.D.S.,  Marquette  University,  1971. 
Zia,  Pirooz  A.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor  Volunteer,  Endodontics,  B.D.S., 

United  Medical  and  Dental  Schools,  University  of  London,  1991. 
Zeren,    Karl  J.,    Clinical   Assistant   Professor   Volunteer,    Periodontics,    B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1969;  D.D.S.,  1975. 

Associate  Staff 

Allen,  Sandy,  Director,  Central  Materials  Services,  B.S.,  University  of  Baltimore, 

1984. 
Baier,  Richard  G.,  Central  Dental  Laboratory  Services,  A.A.,  Community  College 

of  Baltimore,  1976. 
Brown,   Wilhelma   M.,    Director   of  Student   Support    Services,    B.A.,    Fisk 

University,  1966;  M.Ed.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1975. 
Gipe,    David,    Orthodontics,    B.A.,   Towson   State   University,    1976;    M.A., 

Southern  Illinois  University,  1981. 
Groves,  Keith,  Oral  and  Craniofacial  Biological  Sciences. 
Hebert,  Carla,  Oral  Pathology,  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1986. 
Lawson,  Harvey  W.,  Orthodontics,  A.A.,  Community  College  of  Baltimore, 

1985. 
Reynolds,  James,  Assistant  Dean  for  Fiscal  and  Personnel  Affairs,  B.A.,  Michigan 

State  University,  1974;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1980. 
Suls,  Frederick  J.,  Central  Dental  Laboratory  Services,  A.  A.,  Community  College 

of  Baltimore,  1972. 
Wyatt,  Sheila  M.,  Oral  Health  Care  Delivery,  B.S.,  Morgan  State  University, 

1981;  B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1984. 


1 20  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE 

David  I.  Ramsay,  D.M.,  D.  Phil.,  President 

joann  A.  Boughman,  Ph.D.,  Vice  President,  Academu  Affairs, 

Dean,  ( rradttatf  Studies 
fames  1 ,  1  lill  |r„  M.l'.  A..  Vice  President,  Administrative  Services 
1.  SucGladhill,  M.S.W.,  Vice  President,  External  Affairs 
Morton  I.  Rapoport,  M.D.,  President  and  Chief  ExecutitH  Officet 

I  diversity  oj  Maryland  Medical  System 
Richard  R.  Ranney,  D.D.S.,  M.S.,  Dean,  Dental  School 
Donald  G.  GirTbrd,  J.D.,  Dean,  School  of  Law 
Donald  F.  Wilson,  M.D.,  Dean,  School  of  Medicine 
Barbara  R.  Heller,  Ed.D.,  Dean,  School  of  Nursing 
David  A.  Knapp,  Ph.D.,  Dean,  School  of  Pharmacy 
Jesse  J.  Harris,  D.S.W.,  Dean,  School  of  Social  Work 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  SYSTEM 


Board  of  Regents 

Lance  W.  Billingsley,  (Chairperson) 
Roger  Blunt,  (Vice  Chairperson) 
Earle  Palmer  Brown,  (Secretary) 
Constance  M.  Unseld,  (Assistant  Secretary) 
Margaret  Alton 
Mary  Arabian 
Richard  O.  Berndt 
Benjamin  L.  Brown 
Nathan  A.  Chapman 


Charles  W.Cole  Jr. 
Edwin  S.  Crawford 
Thomas  B.  Finan 
Frank  A.  Gunther  Jr. 
Harry  R.  Hughes 
Ann  Hull 

Lewis  R.  Riley  (Ex  Officio) 
Malkia  Singleton  (Student 


System  Administration 

Donald  N.  Langenberg,  Ph.D.,  Chancellor  of  the  University 

George  L.  Marx,  Ph.D.,  Vice  Chancellor,  Academic  Affairs 

John  K.  Martin,  Vice  Chancellor,  Advancement 

James  Sansbury,  Acting  Vice  Chancellor,  Administration  and  Finance 


Administration  and  Faculty 


121 


Alumni  Association 


The  Alumni  Association  is  independently  incorporated  and  is  recognized  by  the 
Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland  System.  With  headquarters  in 
Hayden-Harris  Hall  and  five  chartered  sections,  it  represents  almost  6,000  gradu- 
ates and  is  organized  to  support  the  Dental  School. 

An  annual  meeting  is  held  in  the  Baltimore  area  and  alumni  receptions  are  held 
in  various  areas  of  the  country  each  year.  Officers  of  the  association  participate 
whenever  possible.  In  addition,  social  affairs  are  held  at  the  Dental  School  for  the 
students  and  alumni. 

Yearly  the  association  honors  one  of  the  alumni  by  bestowing  its  highest  award, 
the  Distinguished  Alumnus  Award. 


Officers 

President 

President  Elect 

First  Vice  President 

Second  Vice  President 

Executive  Director 

Secretary 

Treasurer 

Editor 

His  to  rian-A  rchivist 

Past  President 


Dr.  Ronald  M.  Reichart  '66,  13816  Manor  Glen  Road, 

Baldwin,  Maryland  21013 

Dr.   Harold  L.  Crossley  '80,    10630  Partridge  Lane, 

Cockeysville,  Maryland  21030 

Dr.  John  D.   Denney  70,  4415  Queensbury  Road, 

Riverdale,  Maryland  20737 

Dr.  Roy  L.  Eskow  74,  8626  Shields  Drive,  Bethesda, 

Maryland  20817 

Dr.  Joseph  P.   Cappuccio  '46,   6810  North  Charles 

Street,  Towson,  Maryland  21204 

Dr.  Richard  M.  Hemphill  '58,  9141  Baltimore  National 

Pike,  Box  725,  Ellicott  City,  Maryland  21042 

Dr.  George  H.  Williams  III  '66,  1 2 1 1 6  Jerusalem  Road, 

Kingsville,  Maryland  21087 

Dr.  John  F.  Patterson  '64,  21  West  Road,  Towson, 

Maryland  21204 

Dr.  Gardner  P.H.  Foley,  4407  Sedgwick  Road,  Baltimore, 

Maryland  21210 

Dr.  Frank  J.  Romeo  '66,  7544  Belair  Road,  Baltimore, 

Maryland  21206 


22 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Policy  Statements 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  AT  BALTIMORE  MISSION 
STATEMENT 

Hie  University  of  Maryland  ai  Baltimore  ( I  \1.\B)  aspires  to  advance  know  I 
in  health  care,  law,  social  welfare  and  related  disciplines  through  research,  teaching 
and  service;  to  promote  partnerships  and  develop  interdisciplinary/interprores 
sional  programs  that  address  critical  issues  in  these  areas;  to  assist  in  the  integration 

and  transfer  of  new  knowledge;  and  to  play  a  significant  role  in  shaping  health  can-. 
legal  and  social  services  for  Maryland  And  the  Mid-Atlantic  region.  I'MAIVs  prin- 
cipal goal  is  to  become  a  center  of  focused  excellence  in  professional,  graduate  and 

continuing  education  and  to  promote  excellence  in  research  and  scholarship,  both 
basic  and  applied. 

Located  in  downtown  Baltimore,  UMAB  is  the  public  institution  in  Maryland 
responsible  for  providing  caring  and  competent  professionals  in  dentistry,  law, 
medicine,  nursing,  pharmacy  and  social  work.  It  also  offers  combined  degree  pro- 
grams and  is  developing  other  interprofessional  joint  degree  programs.  Along  with 
its  three  major  partners  (the  University  of  Maryland  System,  the  Baltimore  Veter- 
ans Affairs  Medical  Center,  and  the  Medical  Biotechnology  Center),  UMAB  is  one 
of  the  fastest  growing  biomedical  research  centers  in  the  nation  and  plays  an  impor- 
tant role  in  strengthening  the  infrastructure  of  the  regional  economy. 

As  a  constituent  institution  of  the  University  of  Maryland  System,  UMAB  prac- 
tices affirmative  action,  cooperates  with  other  educational  segments  in  Maryland, 
collaborates  with  other  UMS  institutions  to  provide  citizens  access  to  high  quality 
educational  services  and  serves  the  educational,  economic  and  cultural  needs  of 
Maryland. 

UMAB  and  UMBC  administer  the  programs  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
Graduate  School,  Baltimore  (UMGSB),  one  of  the  UMS'  two  principal  centers  for 
research  and  doctoral  level  training.  While  specific  criteria  for  achieving  excellence 
vary  from  school  to  school,  UMAB  expects  its  faculty  to  teach,  to  conduct  research, 
and  to  practice  their  professional  skills  through  clinical  service,  community  inter- 
action and  scholarship. 


EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY 


The  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  is  actively  committed  to  providing  equal 
educational  and  employment  opportunity  in  all  of  its  programs.  It  is  the  goal  of  the 
university  to  assure  that  women  and  minorities  are  equitably  represented  among 
the  faculty,  staff  and  administration  of  the  university,  so  that  its  work  force  reflects 
the  diversity  of  Maryland's  population. 


Policy  Statements  123 


All  employment  policies  and  activities  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Balti- 
more shall  be  consistent  with  federal  and  state  laws,  regulations  and  executive 
orders  on  nondiscrimination  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  religion,  age,  ancestry  or 
national  origin,  sex,  sexual  orientation,  handicap,  marital  status  and  veteran  status. 
Sexual  harassment,  as  a  form  of  sex  discrimination,  is  prohibited  among  the  work 
force  of  the  university. 


UMAB  POLICY  CONCERNING  PREVENTION 

AND  MANAGEMENT  OF  STUDENT  AND  EMPLOYEE 

INFECTION  WITH  BLOODBORNE  PATHOGENS    

The  Dental  School  fully  subscribes  to  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  Pol- 
icy Concerning  Prevention  and  Management  of  Student  and  Employee  Infection 
with  Bloodborne  Pathogens,  which  became  effective  July  1,  1994.  All  enrolled  stu- 
dents receive  a  copy  of  this  policy  statement  as  part  of  their  matriculation  docu- 
ments. Individuals  seriously  considering  applying  to  any  of  the  Dental  School's 
programs  should  request  a  copy  of  the  policy  from  the  office  of  admissions  and  stu- 
dent affairs. 

Section  6,  Admissions  and  Hiring  Practices,  of  the  policy  statement  states: 
"Inquiries  about  infection  with  HBV,  HCV  or  HIV  will  not  be  made  of  prospec- 
tive UMAB  Personnel.  Neither  admission  nor  employment  will  be  denied  any  oth- 
erwise qualified  individual  on  the  basis  of  infection  with  Bloodborne  Pathogens. 
However,  limitations  on  the  training  and  professional  activities  which  may  result 
from  infection  with  Bloodborne  Pathogens  will  be  communicated  to  prospective 
students  and  employees."  (See  Next  section.) 

Section  7,  Advice  on  Risks  and  Limitations,  states:  "...Applicants  who  are 
infected  with  Bloodborne  Pathogens  are  not  required  to  identify  themselves  to 
UMAB.  Advice  to  applicants  will  be  provided  in  a  general  form  available  to  all 
applicants.  If  infection  with  a  specific  Bloodborne  Pathogen  (e.g.,  HBV)  could  pre- 
vent a  person  from  completing  the  curriculum  or  subsequently  practicing  the 
intended  profession  as  a  result  of  scientifically  established  contagion  risk,  this  infor- 
mation will  be  included  in  the  general  information  which  the  school  distributes  to 
applicants."  Although  information  concerning  applicants'  status  regarding  blood- 
borne pathogens  is  not  a  part  of  the  admissions  process,  status  of  infection  could 
adversely  impact  individuals'  ability  to  complete  their  education  or  their  ability  to 
obtain  future  professional  licensure.  Applicants  are  specifically  advised  that  the 
Dental  School  does  not  admit  individuals  who  have  had  prior  infection  with  the 
Hepatitis  B  virus  or  Hepatitis  C  virus  which  has  left  them  chronic  carriers  of  the 
virus.  These  individuals  must  consider  alternative  career  pathways. 

All  candidates  for  enrollment  are  strongly  encouraged  to  know  their  status  and 
to  seek  professional  advice  if  they  have  questions.  The  dean  of  the  Dental  School 
has  appointed  an  ombudsman  or  advocate  to  whom  any  applicant,  student  or 
employee  can  go  in  confidence  for  advice  on  policies  and  procedures  related  to 
infection  with  bloodborne  pathogens  and  on  the  implications  of  testing  and  dis- 


24  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


closure  foi  enrollment  01  employment  status.  Individuals  with  ipe<  ifi<  questions  i  n 
concerns  are  urged  u>  seek  advice  From  the  Dental  School's  ombudsman. 

v, don  9«  Immunizations  Against  I IBV,  states:  'Students  enrolling  in  si ade 
mi<  programs  that  will  involve  participating  in  invasive  01  exposure  prone  pn 
dures  must  be  vaccinated  against  HBV  at  theit  own  expense.  Students  may  l><- 
vaa  inated  at  Student  and  Employee  I  lealth.  Those  who  were  immunized  priot  i<> 
enrollment  must  provide  evidence  ol  immunization  to  the  enrolling  u  hool. 

Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery  and  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Dental  Hygiene  Applicants 

Although  students  are  strongly  encouraged  to  complete  the  three-shot  I  lepati 
tis  B  immunization  scries  prior  to  matriculation,  entering  students  who  have  not 
been  appropriately  immunized  against  HBV  will  receive  their  fust  vaccination  Jut 
ing  Dental  School  orientation  through  Student  and  Employee  1  lealth.  The  second 
and  third  vaccinations  will  occur  at  one-month  and  six-month  intervals,  res] 
tively.  Students  may  not  participate  in  clinical  or  other  activities  in  which  they  may 
be  placed  at  occupational  risk  until  at  least  one  month  after  the  second  in  the  series 
of  HBV  immunizations.  Failure  to  complete  the  series  in  a  timely  manner  could 
result  in  delayed  progress  through  the  curriculum  or  dismissal  from  enrollment. 

Advanced  Dental  Education  Applicants 

It  is  anticipated  that  most  applicants  for  Advanced  Dental  Education  programs 
will  have  received  the  full  three-shot  series  of  HBV  immunizations  as  pre-doctoral 
students.  For  those  individuals  who  have  not  completed  the  HBV  immunization 
series,  Dental  School  policy  requires  that  all  Advanced  Dental  Education  applicants 
considering  enrollment  should  begin  the  three-shot  HBV  immunization  series  no 
later  than  May  1  of  the  year  of  matriculation.  As  a  condition  of  enrollment,  stu- 
dents must  provide  documentation  that  they  received  the  first  in  the  series  no  later 
than  May  1  and  the  second  no  later  than  June  1.  Those  individuals  may  receive 
their  third  immunization  through  Student  and  Employee  Health  at  the  appropri- 
ate time  after  enrollment  at  the  Dental  School. 

Treatment  Participation  Policy 

As  a  part  of  the  educational  process,  dental  and  dental  hygiene  students  will  he 
required  from  time  to  time  to  satisfactorily  participate  in  diagnostic,  therapeutic, 
and  nontherapeutic  oral  health  care  services.  Each  student  will  be  required  to  par- 
ticipate as  a  caregiver  and  as  the  "patient."  This  requirement  is  disclosed  prior  to 
admission.  By  enrolling,  each  student  consents  to  this  requirement.  Student 
patients  may  be  provided  care  by  any  assigned  student  or  faculty  member.  All  per- 
sonal health  care  information  provided  to  the  school  by  a  student  patient  is  confi- 
dential in  nature,  will  be  treated  with  the  confidentiality  accorded  a  patient  record 
under  Maryland  health  care  laws  and  school  policy,  and  will  be  used  only  in  con- 
nection with  delivery  of  oral  health  care  services.  Exceptions  to  this  required  par- 
ticipation in  educational  activities  may  be  warranted  in  extraordinary 
circumstances,  such  as  a  high  risk  to  the  student  patient  or  to  the  provider  associ- 
ated with  the  delivery  of  treatment.  Applicants  or  students  with  concerns  about 


Policy  Statements  1 25 


such  situations  should  contact  the  associate  dean  for  clinical  affairs,  who  has  the 
final  authority  to  determine  when  exceptions  will  be  granted. 

SERVICE  TO  THOSE  WITH  INFECTIOUS  DISEASES 


It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  to  provide  education  and 
training  to  students  for  the  purpose  of  providing  care  and  service  to  all  persons.  The 
institution  will  employ  appropriate  precautions  to  protect  providers  in  a  manner 
meeting  the  patients'  or  clients'  requirements,  yet  protecting  the  interest  of  students 
and  faculty  participating  in  the  provision  of  such  care  or  service. 

No  student  will  be  permitted  to  refuse  to  provide  care  or  service  to  any  assigned 
person  in  the  absence  of  special  circumstances  placing  the  student  at  increased  risk 
for  an  infectious  disease.  Any  student  who  refuses  to  treat  or  serve  an  assigned  per- 
son without  prior  consent  of  the  school  involved  will  be  subject  to  penalties  under 
appropriate  academic  procedures,  such  penalties  to  include  suspension  or  dis- 
missal. 


FACULTY,  STUDENT  AND  INSTITUTIONAL  RIGHTS 
AND  RESPONSIBILITIES  FOR  ACADEMIC  INTEGRITY 


Preamble 

The  academic  enterprise  is  characterized  by  reasoned  discussion  between  student 
and  teacher,  a  mutual  respect  for  the  learning  and  teaching  process,  and  intellec- 
tual honesty  in  the  pursuit  of  new  knowledge.  By  tradition,  students  and  teachers 
have  certain  rights  and  responsibilities  which  they  bring  to  the  academic  commu- 
nity. While  the  following  statements  do  not  imply  a  contract  between  the  teacher 
or  the  institution  and  the  student,  they  are  nevertheless  conventions  which  should 
be  central  to  the  learning  and  teaching  process. 

Faculty  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

1 .  Faculty  members  shall  share  with  students  and  administrators  the  responsibility 
for  academic  integrity. 

2.  Faculty  members  shall  enjoy  freedom  in  the  classroom  to  discuss  subject  matter 
reasonably  related  to  the  course.  In  turn  they  have  the  responsibility  to  encour- 
age free  and  honest  inquiry  and  expression  on  the  part  of  students. 

3.  Faculty  members,  consistent  with  the  principles  of  academic  freedom,  have  the 
responsibility  to  present  courses  that  are  consistent  with  their  descriptions  in  the 
catalog  of  the  institution.  In  addition,  faculty  members  have  the  obligation  to 
make  students  aware  of  the  expectations  in  the  course,  the  evaluation  procedures 
and  the  grading  policy. 

4.  Faculty  members  are  obligated  to  evaluate  students  fairly  and  equitably  and  in 
a  manner  appropriate  to  the  course  and  its  objectives.  Grades  shall  be  assigned 
without  prejudice  or  bias. 


1 26  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


5,  Facult)  members  shall  make  .ill  reasonable  efforts  to  prevent  the  occurren 
academic  dishonest)  through  appropriate  design  and  administration  <>i  i 
ments  and  examinations,  careful  safeguarding  o(  course  materials  and  examina 
turns,  and  regulai  reassessment  o(  evaluation  procedures, 

6.  When  instances  ol  academic  dishonesty  are  suspected,  facult)  members  skill 
have  the  responsibility  to  sec  thai  appropriate  ac  tion  is  taken  in  accordance  \Mih 
institutional  regulations. 

Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

1.  Students  share  with  (acuity  and  administrators  the  responsibility  foi  academic 
integrity. 

2.  Students  shall  have  the  right  of  free  and  honest  inquiry  and  expression  in  their 

courses.  In  addition,  students  shall  have  the  right  to  know  the  requirements  <>t 

their  courses  and  to  know  the  manner  in  which  they  will  he  evaluated  and 

graded. 

3.  Students  shall  have  the  obligation  to  complete  the  requirements  of  their  courses 
in  the  time  and  manner  prescribed  and  to  submit  to  evaluation  of  their  work. 

4.  Students  shall  have  the  right  to  be  evaluated  fairly,  equitably  and  in  a  timely 
manner  appropriate  to  the  course  and  its  objectives. 

5.  Students  shall  not  submit  as  their  own  work  any  work  which  has  been  prepared 
by  others.  Outside  assistance  in  the  preparation  of  this  work,  such  as  librarian 
assistance,  tutorial  assistance,  typing  assistance,  or  such  special  assistance  as  may 
be  specified  or  approved  by  the  appropriate  faculty  members,  is  allowed. 

6.  Students  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to  prevent  the  occurrence  of  academic 
dishonesty.  They  shall  by  their  own  example  encourage  academic  integrity  and 
shall  themselves  refrain  from  acts  of  cheating  and  plagiarism  or  other  acts  of  aca- 
demic dishonesty. 

7.  When  instances  of  academic  dishonesty  are  suspected,  students  shall  have  the 
right  and  responsibility  to  bring  this  to  the  attention  of  the  facult}'  or  other 
appropriate  authority. 

Institutional  Responsibility 

1 .  Constituent  institutions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  System  shall  take  appro- 
priate measures  to  foster  academic  integrity  in  the  classroom. 

2.  Each  institution  shall  take  steps  to  define  acts  of  academic  dishonest)',  to  insure 
procedures  for  due  process  for  students  accused  or  suspected  of  acts  of  academic 
dishonesty,  and  to  impose  appropriate  sanctions  on  students  found  to  be  guilty 
of  acts  of  academic  dishonesty. 

3.  Students  expelled  or  suspended  for  reasons  of  academic  dishonest)  by  any  insti- 
tution in  the  University  of  Maryland  System  shall  not  be  admitted  to  any  other 
system  institution  during  the  period  of  expulsion  or  suspension. 

Approved,  November  30,  1989  by  the  Board  of  Regents 


Policy  Statements  I  27 


REVIEW  OF  ALLEGED  ARBITRARY 
AND  CAPRICIOUS  GRADING 


It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  that  students  be  provided 
a  mechanism  to  review  course  grades  that  are  alleged  to  be  arbitrary  or  capricious. 
Each  school/academic  unit  shall  develop  guidelines  and  procedures  to  provide  a 
means  for  a  student  to  seek  review  of  course  grades.  These  guidelines  and  proce- 
dures shall  be  published  regularly  in  the  appropriate  media  so  that  all  faculty  and 
students  are  informed  about  this  policy. 


CONFIDENTIALITY  AND  DISCLOSURE 

OF  STUDENT  RECORDS 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  to  adhere  to  the  Family 
Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (Buckley  Amendment).  As  such,  it  is  the  pol- 
icy of  the  university  (1)  to  permit  students  to  inspect  their  education  records,  (2) 
to  limit  disclosure  to  others  of  personally  identifiable  information  from  education 
records  without  students'  prior  written  consent  and  (3)  to  provide  students  the 
opportunity  to  seek  correction  of  their  education  records  where  appropriate.  Each 
school  shall  develop  policies  to  ensure  that  this  policy  is  implemented. 


SCHEDULING  OF  ACADEMIC  ASSIGNMENTS 

ON  DATES  OF  RELIGIOUS  OBSERVANCE 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  to  excuse  the  absence(s) 
of  students  that  result  from  the  observance  of  religious  holidays.  Students  shall  be 
given  the  opportunity,  whenever  feasible,  to  make  up,  within  a  reasonable  time,  any 
academic  assignments  that  are  missed  due  to  individual  participation  in  religious 
observances.  Opportunities  to  make  up  missed  academic  assignments  shall  be 
timely  and  shall  not  interfere  with  the  regular  academic  assignments  of  the  student. 
Each  school/academic  unit  shall  adopt  procedures  to  ensure  implementation  of  this 
policy. 


ELIGIBILITY  TO  REGISTER  AT  UMAB 


A  student  may  register  at  UMAB  when  the  following  conditions  are  met:  (1)  the 
student  is  accepted  to  UMAB,  (2)  the  student  has  received  approval  from  the  unit 
academic  administrator  and  (3)  the  student  has  demonstrated  academic  and  finan- 
cial eligibility. 


!  28  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  POSITION  ON  ACTS 
OF  VIOLENCE  AND  EXTREMISM  WHICH  ARE  RACIALLY, 
ETHNICALLY,  RELIGIOUSLY  OR  POLITICALLY  MOTIVATED. 

I  Ik-  Board  ol  Regents  strongly  condemns  criminal  .u  ts  <>i  destruction  «>i  violence 
againsi  the  person  01  propert)  ol  others.  Individuals  committing  such  acts  at 
campus  or  facility  of  the  university  will  be  subjec  1 to  swifi  campus  judi<  ial  and  pa 
sonnel  action,  including  possible  expulsion  or  termination,  as  well  .is  possible  state 
criminal  proceedings. 


HUMAN  RELATIONS  CODE 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  has  a  Human  Relations  (  ode  for  use  by 
the  entire  campus  community.  The  code  represents  UMAIVs  commitment  to 
human  relations  issues.  The  specific  purposes  of  the  code  include: 

1.  Prevention  or  elimination  of  unlawful  discrimination  on  the  basis  ot  race,  color, 
creed,  sex,  sexual  orientation,  marital  status,  age,  ancestry  or  national  origin, 
physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  exercise  of  rights  secured  by  the  First 
Amendment  of  the  U.S.  Constitution;  and 

2.  Establishing  a  timely,  effective  grievance  procedure  as  an  alternative  to  more 
lengthy  formal  processes  for  resolution  of  human  relations  issues. 

A  Human  Relations  Committee  was  created  to  oversee  the  code.  It  is  comprised 
of  campus  faculty,  administrators  and  students  and  is  advisory  to  the  president  of 
the  campus.  The  committee  may  institute  educational  programs  and  provide  an 
open  forum  on  human  relations  issues.  In  addition,  the  committee  is  charged  with 
maintaining  a  mediation,  investigation  and  hearing  process  for  specific  complaints 
of  discrimination  brought  by  students,  faculty  or  staff.  The  code  describes  the  par- 
ticulars of  the  hearing  process.  It  is  the  intent  of  the  code  to  provide  a  grievance  pro- 
cedure for  any  individual  on  campus  who  wants  a  cross-section  of  the  campus 
community  to  investigate  and  mediate  a  problem  without  having  to  resort  to  com- 
plaints to  external  agencies  such  as  the  Maryland  Commission  on  Human  Rela- 
tions, complaints  under  personnel  rules  or  lawsuits. 

Copies  of  the  Human  Relations  Code  are  available  in  the  dean's  office,  the  stu- 
dent affairs  and  USGA  offices  in  the  Baltimore  Student  Union,  and  the  human 
resources  management  and  affirmative  action  offices  in  the  administration 
building. 


POLICY  AGAINST  SEXUAL  HARASSMENT  OF  STUDENTS 

Policy 

UMAB  prohibits  sexual  harassment  of  students  by  colleagues  or  faculty.  Sexual 
harassment  is  an  infringement  of  an  individual's  right  to  work  and  study  in  an  envi- 
ronment free  from  unwanted  sexual  attention  and  sexual  pressure  of  any  kind.  It 


Policy  Statements  I  29 


can  result  in  a  significant  human  resource  drain  for  UMAB  and  hinder  the  scholas- 
tic efforts  of  students. 

Definition  of  Sexual  Harassment 

UMAB  has  adopted  the  definition  of  sexual  harassment  used  by  the  United  States 
Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Commission.  Unwelcome  sexual  advances, 
unwelcome  requests  for  sexual  favors,  and  other  behavior  of  a  sexual  nature  consti- 
tute sexual  harassment  when: 

A.  Submission  to  or  rejection  of  such  conduct  by  an  individual  is  used  as  the 
basis  for  academic  or  employment  decisions  affecting  that  individual;  or 

B.  Submission  to  or  rejection  of  such  conduct  by  an  individual  is  used  as  the 
basis  for  academic  or  employment  decisions  affecting  that  individual;  or 

C.  Such  conduct  has  the  purpose  or  effect  of  unreasonably  interfering  with  an 
individual's  academic  or  work  performance,  or  of  creating  an  intimidating, 
hostile,  or  offensive  educational  or  working  environment. 

Examples  of  Sexual  Harassment 

Sexual  harassment  can  include  any  or  all  of  the  following  behaviors,  as  well  as  oth- 
ers which  are  not  listed: 

•  Harassment  through  public  or  private  insult,  sexually  suggestive  comments  con- 
cerning a  person's  body  or  behavior,  and  sexual  demands. 

•  Subtle  or  overt  pressure  to  comply  with  demands  of  sexual  activity. 

•  Sexist  remarks  about  another  person's  clothing,  body,  sexual  activities,  sexual 
preferences,  or  sexual  orientation,  as  well  as  teasing,  jokes,  remarks  or  gestures 
which  are  sexual  in  nature. 

•  Unnecessary  touching,  pinching,  patting  or  exposure  of  another  person's  body. 

•  Unwarranted  staring  at  another  person's  body. 

•  Unwanted  communications  of  a  sexual  nature  in  writing,  by  telephone,  or  by 
other  means. 

•  Requests  or  demands  for  sexual  favors  accompanied  by  implied  or  overt  threats 
about  job,  grades,  clinical  assignments,  class  academic  assignments,  recommen- 
dations, etc. 

•  Repetition  of  unwanted  invitations  for  dates  with  faculty  or  colleagues. 

•  Physical  assault  of  a  sexual  nature,  up  to  and  including  attempted  or  actual  rape. 

Students'  Remedies 

Sexual  harassment  of  students  by  students,  faculty  or  staff  will  not  be  tolerated. 
Proven  harassment  will  result  in  disciplinary  action,  possibly  including  suspension 
or  expulsion. 

Student  questions  about  peer  or  faculty  behavior  that  may  constitute  sexual 
harassment  and  student  questions  about  disciplinary  policies  should  be  directed  to 
the  assistant  vice  president  for  student  affairs,  at  706-71 17,  to  the  campus  director 
of  affirmative  action  at  706-7302,  or  to  the  student  affairs  dean  of  the  school 
involved. 

A  complaint  of  sexual  harassment  may  be  made  initially  to  a  school's  dean,  the 
appropriate  disciplinary  body  of  the  school,  or  the  assistant  vice  president  for  stu- 
dent affairs. 


1 30  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


1  inul\  reporting  ol  allegations  oi  sexual  harassment  is  crucial.  It  permits  eflfiw 
rive  UMAB  intervention  to  protect  students  and  educate  and  discipline  offenders. 
Institutional  investigations  ol  sexual  harassment  charges  often  require  die  com 
plainant's  identity  to  be  known  by  the  ao  used.  I  lowevei .  i  omplainants  should  be 
aware  that  I  MAB  will  not  tolerate  01  condone  any  (brmol  retaliation  againsi  .1  sm 
deni  complainant  whose  sexual  harassment  c  laim  is  made  in  good  faith. 

1  he  Counseling  ( enter  can  be  useful  in  helping  students  cope  with  the  muss 
resulting  from  sexual  harassment  01  participating  in  campus  proceedings  to  in 
rigate  sexual  harassment  c  harges.  Please  call  MS  8404  fbi  more  infbi  mation  about 
campus  counseling  service. 


INTERIM  POLICY  ON  SEXUAL  ASSAULT 


I.  Purpose  and  Applicability 

The  University  of  Maryland  System  and  its  constituent  institutions  adopt  this  pol- 
icy on  sexual  assault,  consistent  with  the  requirements  of  (i)  Section  484  (0  of  the 
Higher  Education  Act  of  1965,  as  amended  by  Section  486  (c)  (2)  of  the  \  ligher 
Education  Amendments  of  1992,  and  (ii)  Section  1 1-701  of  the  Education  Article 
of  the  Annotated  Code  of  Maryland.  This  policy  applies  to  all  students  and  em  ploy- 
ees,  both  faculty  and  nonfaculty,  of  the  University  of  Maryland  System  or  its  con- 
stituent institutions. 

II.  Definitions 

The  following  policy  recognizes  two  levels  of  sexual  assault. 

Sexual  Assault  I. 

By  stranger  or  acquaintance,  rape,  forcible  sodomy,  or  forcible  sexual  penetration, 
however  slight,  of  another  person's  anal  or  genital  opening  with  any  object.  These 
acts  must  be  committed  either  by  force,  threat,  intimidation  or  through  the  use  of 
the  victim's  mental  or  physical  helplessness  of  which  the  accused  was  aware  or 
should  have  been  aware. 

Sexual  Assault  II. 

By  stranger  or  acquaintance,  the  touch  of  an  unwilling  person's  intimate  parts 
(defined  as  genitalia,  groin,  breast,  or  buttocks,  or  clothing  covering  them)  or  forc- 
ing an  unwilling  person  to  touch  another's  intimate  parts.  These  acts  must  be  com- 
mitted either  by  force,  threat,  intimidation  or  through  the  use  of  the  victim's 
mental  or  physical  helplessness  of  which  the  accused  was  aware  or  should  have  been 
aware. 

III.  Responsibilities  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer 

Each  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  a  constituent  institution  shall  have  the  following 
responsibilities  pursuant  to  this  policy:  (i)  identification  of  the  person  responsible 
for  coordinating  the  constituent  institution's  educational  program  to  promote 
awareness  of  sexual  assault;  (ii)  identification  of  the  person  who  will  serve  as  the  im- 


policy Statements  13 


tial  contact  after  an  alleged  sexual  assault  has  occurred;  and  (iii)  adoption  of  proce- 
dures to  be  followed  should  a  sexual  assault  occur,  including  the  importance  of  pre- 
serving evidence  as  may  be  necessary  to  the  proof  of  criminal  sexual  assault,  and  to 
whom  the  alleged  offense  should  be  reported. 

IV.  Educational  Programs  to  Promote  Awareness  of  Sexual  Assault 

Each  institution  in  the  University  of  Maryland  System  shall  make  available  to  its 
students,  faculty  and  employees  programs  to  promote  awareness  of  what  consti- 
tutes sexual  assault,  how  to  prevent  it,  and  what  the  institution's  procedures  are  for 
handling  reports  of  alleged  sexual  assault.  In  addition  to  general  educational  pro- 
grams for  the  campus  community,  each  institution  shall  provide  specialized  train- 
ing on  the  topic  of  sexual  assault  and  the  provisions  of  sexual  assault  procedures  to 
those  individuals  who  might  be  involved  in  providing  services  to  or  interacting  v/ith 
alleged  victims  so  as  to  ensure  timely,  accurate  and  sensitive  assistance  to  all  con- 
cerned. The  UMS  policy,  together  with  the  institution's  procedures  concerning 
sexual  assault,  shall  be  distributed  to  all  students,  faculty  members  and  employees 
and  shall  be  posted  in  appropriate  locations  at  the  institution  and  published  in 
appropriate  institution  and  system  publications. 

V.  Off-Campus  Reporting  of  Sexual  Assaults 

When  a  report  of  sexual  assault  is  made  to  the  institution's  initial  contact,  that  per- 
son will  encourage  the  alleged  victim  to  contact  law  enforcement  and  medical  per- 
sonnel as  soon  as  possible  following  the  incident  to  receive  guidance  in  the 
preservation  of  evidence  needed  for  proof  of  criminal  assaults  and  the  apprehen- 
sion and  prosecution  of  assailants.  Campus  authorities  will  assist  in  notification  of 
off-campus  authorities  at  the  request  of  the  alleged  victim.  Additionally,  campus 
personnel  retain  the  right  to  contact  law  enforcement  personnel  directly  where  an 
issue  of  campus  security  is  involved.  Campus  personnel  will  also  assist  the  alleged 
victim  in  obtaining  medical  attention,  if  the  victim  chooses,  including  providing 
transportation  to  the  hospital  or  other  emergency  medical  facility.  Each  institution 
shall  designate  one  or  more  nearby  hospitals  which  are  equipped  with  the  Mary- 
land State  Police  sexual  assault  evidence  collection  kit. 

VI.  Campus  Disciplinary  Procedures 

Student  Disciplinary  Procedures. 

In  addition  to  any  criminal  or  civil  remedies  available,  violation  of  laws  or  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  System  policy  regarding  sexual  assault  will  be  subject  to  the  cam- 
pus judicial  system.  The  range  of  judicial  system  penalties  for  students  shall  include, 
but  not  be  limited  to,  one  or  more  of  the  following:  alteration  of  class  schedule,  dis- 
ciplinary reprimand,  loss  of  privilege,  restitution,  disciplinary  probation,  discipli- 
nary suspension,  disciplinary  dismissal  and  disciplinary  expulsion. 


32  Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


I  Ik-  on  campus  procedures  shall  provide  thai  1 1 1  the  accuse!  and  d 
are  afforded  the  same  opportunities  to  have  others  present  during  a  campus  disci 
plinary  proceeding;  (2)  both  the  accuser  and  the  aa  used  arc  informed  "l  theoui 
come  ol  an)  campus  dis<  iplinary  proceeding  brought  alleging  .1  sexual  assault;  and 
(3)  the  offense  must  be  reported  according  to  federal  reporting  mandates  and  M 
land  State  law. 

Faculty  and  Employee  Disciplinary  Procedures. 

In  addition  to  any  criminal  or  civil  remedies  available!  violations  <>l  laws  01  I  m 
versit)  of  Maryland  System  policy  regarding  sexual  assault  will  be  subject  to  the 
appropriate  (acuity  and/or  employee  disciplinary  procedure.  I  be  range  ol  employ 
mem  penalties  for  (acuity  and  employees  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  one 

or  more  ot  the  following:  counseling,  reprimand,  suspension  or  termination  ot 

employment. 

VII.  Services  for  Victims 

Faculty,  employees  and  students  who  are  victims  of  sexual  assault  shall  he  offered 
access  to  counseling  through  mental  health  services  available  at  the  institution, 
other  victim  service  entities  in  the  surrounding  community,  or  the  nearest  state- 
designated  rape  crisis  program.  Each  institution  shall  designate  existing  counseling, 
mental  health  and  student  services,  both  on  campus  and  in  the  community,  which 
are  available  to  victims  of  sexual  assault. 

After  a  sexual  assault  has  been  reported  at  the  institution,  and  upon  the  request 
of  the  alleged  victim,  the  victim  shall  be  offered  an  alternative  academic,  living  or 
employment  situation  if  such  alternative  is  available,  feasible  and  appropriate  to  the 
facts  of  the  sexual  assault  reported. 

VIM.  Implementation  and  Reporting  Procedures 

Each  Chief  Executive  Officer  shall  identify  his/her  designee(s)  as  appropriate  tor 
this  policy;  shall  develop  procedures  as  necessary  to  implement  this  policy;  shall 
communicate  this  policy  and  applicable  procedures  to  his/her  institutional  com- 
munity; and  shall  forward  a  copy  of  such  designations  and  procedures  to  the  ( Chan- 
cellor. Each  Chief  Executive  Officer  shall  also  provide  the  Chancellor,  by  August  1 
of  each  year,  with  a  report  of  the  number  and  nature  of  sexual  assaults  reported  at 
his/her  institution  during  the  preceding  academic  year  and  the  disposition  ot  those 
reports,  including  the  number  which  resulted  in  disciplinary  action  as  a  result  ot 
on-campus  judicial  or  grievance  procedures. 

No  provision  of  this  publication  shall  be  construed  as  a  contract  between  any  applicant 
or  student  and  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore.  The  university'  reserves  t  In- 
right  to  change  any  admission  or  advancement  requirement  at  any  time.  The  univer- 
sity further  reserves  the  right  to  ask  a  student  to  withdraw  at  any  time  when  it  is  con- 
sidered to  be  in  the  best  interest  of  the  university. 


Policy  Statements  133 


Maps 


The  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  is  located  in  downtown  Baltimore,  six 
blocks  west  of  the  Inner  Harbor  and  two  blocks  north  of  Oriole  Park  at  Camden 
Yards  in  the  UniversityCenter  district. 


Directions 

From  1-95:  Take  Rte.  395  (downtown  Baltimore)  and  exit  onto  Martin  Luther 
King  Jr.,  Blvd.,  staying  in  right  lane.  At  fourth  traffic  light,  turn  right  onto  Balti- 
more Street.  Turn  left  at  second  traffic  light  onto  Paca  Street  (get  into  right  lane) 
and  enter  the  Baltimore  Grand  Garage  (on  your  right). 


Bus  Access 

MTA  buses  numbered  1,2,7,8,  11,  20,  35  and  36  all  stop  in  the  campus  area. 

Subway  Access 

The  Baltimore  Metro  runs  from  Charles  Center  to  Owings  Mills.  Stops  closest  to 
campus  are  at  Lexington  Market  and  Charles  Center. 

Light  Rail 

A  new  Light  Rail  system  connects  northern  Baltimore  County  and  Glen  Burnie. 
The  UniversityCenter  stop  is  at  Howard  and  Baltimore  Streets. 


8a/t 


BaJtjmoreS^B 

Lombard  Si  | 

I    #-PacaSt.           ^^L 

[XStadium 

^^  Martin  Lutherl 
695w  Kingjr.  Blvd.- 

L.             *■»              Inner           . 
^W^  39S             Harbor   A 

\                         Tunnel                  Ay 

jp 

^Balto.-Wash. 
#      Parkway 

Francis  Scott 
Key  Bridge 

134 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Academic  Calendar 


DENTAL/DENTAL  HYGIENE 


1  W6-97 
August  2 2    ,; 

August  26 

September  2 

September  3 

November  28-29 

December  13-20 

December  23-January  1,  l1)1)^ 

January  2-21 

January  2-24 

January  20 

January  22 

January  27 

March  17-21 

May  12-16 

May  1 5-22 

May  23 

1997-98 

August  21-22 

August  25 

September  1 

September  2 

November  27-28 

December  15-22 

December  23-January  1,  1998 

January  2-21 

January  19 

January  22 

January  26 

March  23-27 

May  8-15 

May  22 


Freshman  orientation 

First  semester  begins     dentistrj 

Labor  1  >ay  (school  closed 

First  semester  begins     dental  hygiene 

I  hanksgiving  recess 

Exam  week 

Christmas  recess 

Minimester — dental 

Minimester — dental  hygiene 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Day  (school  closed) 

Second  semester  begins — dental 

Second  semester  begins — dental  hygiene 

Spring  vacation 

Exam  week — dental 

Exam  week — dental  hygiene 

Commencement 


Freshman  orientation 

First  semester  begins — dentistry 

Labor  Day  (school  closed) 

First  semester  begins — dental  hygiene 

Thanksgiving  recess 

Exam  week 

Christmas  recess 

Minimester 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Day  (school  closed) 

Second  semester  begins — dental 

Second  semester  begins — dental  hygiene 

Spring  vacation 

Exam  week 

Commencement 


Academic  Calendar 


35 


- 


ADVANCED  DENTAL  EDUCATION 


1996-97 

Julyl 

July  8 

September  2 

November  28-29 

December  23-January  1,  1997 

January  20 

January  22 

March  19-21 

May  23 

May  26 

June  27 

1997-98 

Julyl 

July  7 

September  1 

November  27-28 

December  24— January  1,  1996 

January  19 

January  22 

March  23-27 

May  22 

May  25 

June  30 


Registration 

First  semester  begins 

Labor  Day  (school  closed) 

Thanksgiving  recess 

Christmas  recess 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Day  (school  closed) 

Second  semester  begins 

Spring  vacation 

Commencement 

Memorial  Day  (school  closed) 

Last  day  of  classes 

Registration 

First  semester  begins 

Labor  Day  (school  closed) 

Thanksgiving  recess 

Christmas  recess 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Day  (school  closed) 

Second  semester  begins 

Spring  vacation 

Commencement 

Memorial  Day  (school  closed) 

Last  day  of  classes 


These  schedules  are  subject  to  change,  and  are  provided  only  for  general  information 
concerning  the  length  of  terms  and  holidays. 


136 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 


Student  Right-to-Know  and 
Campus  Security  Act  Request 

Hie  Student  Right-to-Know  and  Campus  Security  tct(Publi<  Law  101 
into  Federal  Ian  Novembei  <">.  I(''»<).  requires  thai  the  I  niversit)  "I  Maryland 
timore  make  readil)  available  i<>  its  students  and  prospective  students  ih<-  informs 
t  i« »n  listed  below. 

Should  you  \\i>h  t«>  obtain  an)  «»l  this  information,  please  check  ih<-  appropriate 
space(s)1  till  in  youi  name,  mailing  address  and  I  M  \li  school  name,  teai  "II  1 1 ■  ■  ~ 
form  and  send  it  to: 

I  niversit)  Oilier  of  Studenl  Affairs 
Ittn:  Student  Right-to-Know  Request 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
Suite  336,  Baltimore  Student  Union 


Complete  and  return  th 

is 

portion 

D 

Financial  Aid 

D 

Costs  of  Attending  the  University 

of  Maryland  at 

Baltimore 

D 

Refund  Policj 

□ 

Facilities  and  Services  for  Handicapped 

□ 

Procedures  for  Review  of  School ; 

iikI  ( lampus  Accreditation 

D 

Completion/Graduation  Rates 

for 

I  ndergraduate 

Student- 

□ 

Loan  Deferral  under  the  Peace  Corps  and  Domestic  Volunteer  Sen  ices  \<  1 

□ 

Campus  Safety  and  Security 

D 

Campus  Crime  Statistics 

Nar 
Adc 

ne 

Iress 

UM 

AB  School  and  Program 

Student  Right  to  Know      1 37 


UniversityCenter  Area,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 

«■■■■ 


fi  Mis 


VP  Visitors  Parking      DP  Dental  Patient  Parking      PP  Patient  Parking      SP  Student  Parking       PO  Parking  Office 


Academic,  Administrative  and 
Patient  Care  Facilities 

19     Administration  Building 

737  West  Lombard  Street 
17     Allied  Health  Building 

100  Penn  Street 
1 3      Athletic  Center 

646  West  Pratt  Street 
1 2     Baltimore  Student  Union 

621  West  Lombard  Street 

37  Biomedical  Research  Building 
108  North  Greene  Street 

38  (Walter  P.)  Carter  Center 
630  West  Fayette  Street 

7     Davidge  Hall 

522  West  Lombard  Street 


Dental  School 
666  West  Baltimore  Street 
Dunning  Hall 

636  West  Lombard  Street 
East  Hall 

520  West  Lombard  Street 
Environmental  Health 
and  Safety  Building 
7 1 4  West  Lombard  Street 
James  T.  Frenkil  Building 
1 6  South  Eutaw  Street 
Greene  Street  Building 
29  South  Greene  Street 
Health  Sciences  Facility 
685  West  Baltimore  Street 
Health  Sciences  Library 
1 1 1  South  Greene  Street 


42     Hope  Lodge 

636  West  Lexington  Street 
26      Howard  Hall 

660  West  Redwood  Street 
36      Information  Services  Building 

100  North  Greene  Street 
33       Law  School  and  Marshall 

Law  Library 

500  West  Baltimore  Street 
9      Lombard  Building 

5 1 1  West  Lombard  Street 
35      Maryland  Bar  Center 

520  West  Fayette  Street 
1 8       Medical  Biotechnology  Center 

72 1  West  Lombard  Street 


ftrwIM 

622  Wtti  Lombard  V/eet 
PucaufcRow 

6SI  655  We»t  Ltwnnon 


Pharmacy  School 

20  Noah  Pwx  Street 

Plot  Street  Pofcct  Station 

214  North  Pw>tSirt* 
39      Ronald  McDonald  Houm 

635  West  Lexington  Street 
5     Social  Work  School 

525  West  Redwood  Street 
1 4      Sute  Medical  Examiner  t 

Building 

1 1 1  Penn  Street 
4      University  Plaza 

Redwood  and  Greene  Streets 
2 1      Western  Hearth  Center 

700  West  Lombard  Street 
23      Whitehurst  Hall 

624  West  Lombard  Street 

2  405  West  Redwood 
Street  Building 

16      701  West  Pratt  Street 

Building 
1 1       University  Health  Center 

1 20  South  Greene  Street 
25       University  of  Maryland 

Medical  System 

22  South  Greene  Street 

3  University  of  Maryland 
Professional  Building 

4 1 9  West  Redwood  Street 
32      Veterans  Affairs  Medical 
Center 

Baltimore  and  Greene 
Streets 

Cultural  and  Civic  Facilities 
46      Babe  Ruth  Birthplace- 
Baltimore  Orioles  Museum 
48      Dr.  Samuel  D  Hams 
National  Museum  of 
Dentistry 

44  Lexington  Market 

43  Market  Center  Post  Office 

4  7  Old  Saint  Paul's  Cemetery 

45  Onole  Park  at  Camden  Yards 
34  Westminster  Hall 

Parking  Facilities 

VP      Baltimore  Grand  Garage 

(visitors) 
DP     Dental  Pauent  Parking  Lot 

(dental  patients) 
SP      Lexington  Garage 

(students) 
PP      University  Plaza  Garage 

(patients  and  patient 

transporters) 
P        Public  Parking  Facilities 

Assigned  University  Parking 

A        Koester's  Lots 

B        Pearl  Garage  Parking  Office 

C        Penn  Street  Garage 

D       Pratt  Street  Garage 

E        Other  assigned  parking  areas 


UniversityCenter  Area 


39 


NOTES 


_rrm 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

AT    BALTIMORE 


Baltimore  College  of  Dental  Surgery 
Dental  School 

University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
666  West  Baltimore  Street 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201